BỘ ĐỀ THI KIỂM TRA TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 HỌC KỲ I+II THEO CHƯƠNG TRÌNH MỚI CÓ FILE NGHE, CÓ ĐÁP ÁN by Dạy Kèm Quy Nhơn Official

BỘ ĐỀ THI KIỂM TRA TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8

vectorstock.com/10212099

Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú eBook Collection DẠY KÈM QUY NHƠN EBOOK PHÁT TRIỂN NỘI DUNG

BỘ ĐỀ THI KIỂM TRA TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 HỌC KỲ I+II THEO CHƯƠNG TRÌNH MỚI CÓ FILE NGHE, CÓ ĐÁP ÁN WORD VERSION | 2021 EDITION ORDER NOW / CHUYỂN GIAO QUA EMAIL TAILIEUCHUANTHAMKHAO@GMAIL.COM Tài liệu chuẩn tham khảo Phát triển kênh bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đơn vị tài trợ / phát hành / chia sẻ học thuật : Nguyen Thanh Tu Group Hỗ trợ trực tuyến Fb www.facebook.com/DayKemQuyNhon Mobi/Zalo 0905779594

FF IC IA L O Q

BỘ ĐỀ THI KIỂM TRA TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 HỌC KỲ I Theo Chương trình mới

ẠY

KÈ

(Có đáp án)

THƯ VIỆN TIẾNG ANH

CONTENTS PHẦN 1: TEST 15’ ........................................................................................................................................................... 2 TEST 15' LAN 1.1 .............................................................................................................................................................. 2 TEST 15' LAN 1.2 .............................................................................................................................................................. 3

FF IC IA L

TEST 15' LAN 1.3 .............................................................................................................................................................. 4 TEST 15' LAN 2.1 .............................................................................................................................................................. 5 TEST 15' LAN 2.2 .............................................................................................................................................................. 7 TEST 15' LAN 2.3 .............................................................................................................................................................. 8 PHẦN 2: FIRST TERM TEST...................................................................................................................................... 11

01 ANH 8 HK1 ................................................................................................................................................................. 11

02 ANH 8 HK1 ................................................................................................................................................................. 18

03 ANH 8 HK1 ................................................................................................................................................................. 25 04 ANH 8 HK1 ................................................................................................................................................................. 31

05 ANH 8 HK1 ................................................................................................................................................................. 39

06 ANH 8 HK1 ................................................................................................................................................................. 45

07 ANH 8 HK1 ................................................................................................................................................................. 52

08 ANH 8 HK1 ................................................................................................................................................................. 60

09 ANH 8 HK1 ................................................................................................................................................................. 67

10 ANH 8 HK1 ................................................................................................................................................................. 74 11 ANH 8 HK1 ................................................................................................................................................................. 80

KÈ

12 ANH 8 HK1 ................................................................................................................................................................. 86 13 ANH 8 HK1 ................................................................................................................................................................. 93

ẠY

14 ANH 8 HK1 ............................................................................................................................................................... 100 PHẦN 3. WRITTEN TEST ......................................................................................................................................... 108

WRITTEN TEST NO 1.1 ............................................................................................................................................... 108 WRITTEN TEST NO 1.2 ............................................................................................................................................... 113 WRITTEN TEST NO 1.3 ............................................................................................................................................... 119

PHẦN 1: TEST 15’ TEST 15' LẦN 1.1 A. Choose the best answer. (5 marks) 1. She adores............... crafts. B. made

C. making

D. makes

FF IC IA L

A. make

2. Using computers too much may have harmful effects ....... . your minds and bodies. A. on

B. to

C. with

D. onto

3. I love the people in my village. They are so..................... and hospitable. B. vast

C. slow

D. inconvenient

4. Loading the rice is ___________ than I expected. B. difficult

C. easier

D. more difficultly

A. more easy

A. friendly

A. happy

5. People in the countryside live .................. than those in the city. B. more happily

C. happily

D. less happy

B. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the first. Use the word in brackets. You must not change the word. Write no more than THREE words.

1. Herding buffaloes is more difficult than loading the rice.

Loading the rice is ______________________ herding buffaloes.

2. Life in a mountainous village is more boring than life in a big city.

KÈ

Life in a big city is ______________________ life in a mountainous village. 3. People in the countryside are often more optimistic than those in the city.

ẠY

People in the countryside often ______________________ than those in the city.

4. Living in a modern town is noisier than living in a small village. Living in a small village is ______________________ living in a modern town. 5. Houses in this village have less furniture than those in the nearby city. Houses in this city are ______________________ those in the nearby village. 2

ANSWER KEY A. Choose the best answer. (5 marks) 1. C 2. A

FF IC IA L

3. A 4. C 5. B B. Rewrite the sentences. (5 marks) 1. easier than

2. more interesting than

3. feel more optimistic

4. more peaceful than 5. better furnished than

A. Choose the best answer. (5 marks)

TEST 15' LAN 1.2

B. with

C. on

D. for

A. in

1. Are you interested ........... playing badminton after class?

2. "What ......... going to Hanoi tomorrow?" A. to

B. in

C. about

D. for

KÈ

A. badly

3. Hoa works very .......... so she always gets good marks. B. good

C. hardly

D. hard

C. was built

D. has built

4. This school .......... in 1997

ẠY

A. built

B. is built

5. Of all my friends, Hoa is .............

A. the tallest

B. the most tallest. C. taller

I. Put the words in order. 1. stamps/ a child/ Minh/ since/ collected/ was/ has/ he. 3

D. more taller

……………………………………………………………………….. 2. information/ entertainment/ also/ is/ TV/ only/ but/ not/ bringing . ……………………………………………………………………….. 3. struggle/ on/ always/ nature/ life/ is/ the farm/ with/ a.

FF IC IA L

………………………………………………………………………..

II. Rewrite the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one 1. I love listening to music.

I adore................ .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ............................... ..........

2. No one in my group is more intelligent than Mary.

Linda.......... ............................................................................................................

The end

2.C

3.D

4.C

5.A

1.A

A. Choose the best answer. (5 marks)

ANSWER KEY

B. Rewrite the sentences. (5 marks)

1. Minh has collected stamps since he was a child.

2.TV is bringing not only entertainment but also information.

II.

KÈ

3.Life on the farm is always a truggle with nature.

ẠY

1. I adore listening to music.

2. Linda is the most intelligent in my group. TEST 15' LAN 1.3

A. Choose the best answer. (4 marks) 1. Which armchair would you sit …………...in, this one or that one? A. comfortable

B. more comfortable 4

C. comfortably

D. more comfortably

2. When the Mongols move to a new place, they ………… a ger A. make up

B. turn up

C. put up

D. take up

3. ………….. Thai’s main food is rice, especially sticky rice. B. A

C. An

4. ………………… of those pictures do you like? A. What

B. Whose

C. How

B. Put the verb into the correct form (4 marks)

D. X

FF IC IA L

A. The

D. Which

1/ My mother often (watch)……………………. TV in the evening. 2/ She doesn’t mind (do) ……………………………. homework 3/ I (never/ see) …………………………… him before. 4/ You (visit)…………………….…..……… your grandfather last Sunday?

C. Rewrite the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one(2marks) 1. Tea is cheaper than coffee.

Coffee .……….……….……….……….……….………………………….……………

The end

ANSWER KEY

2. He likes watching TV more than he loves reading books. He prefers ………………………………………………………………………………….

2.B

3.D

KÈ

1.D

A. Choose the best answer.

ẠY

1. watches

4.B

2.doing

3.have never seen

C. Rewrite the sentences. (5 marks)

1. Coffee is more expensive than tea. 2. He prefers watching TV to reading books. TEST 15' LAN 2.1 A. Choose the best answer. (5 marks) 5

4.Did you visit

1. People burn incense to show respect to their _____ during Tet. A. procession

B. relatives

C. ancestors

D. Neighbors

2. You.................. use your mobile phone on the plane. A. don't have to

B. have to

C. mustn’t

D. must

A. a

B. the

C. an

D. Ø

4. Tam is a beautiful girl; ___________, she’s kind- hearted. A. therefore

B. however

FF IC IA L

3. The Lolo women’s dress is among ……most striking styles of clothing worn by ethnic peoples.

C.otherwise

D. moreover

A. strict

B. stricty

C. strictly

D. strictness

5. In my family, all the traditions of our ancestors are _______ followed.

I. Rewrite the following sentences so that it has a similar meaning to the first.

1. The black dress is more expensive than the white one.

The white dress …. ………. ………. ………. ………. ………. ………………………. …

2. It isn’t necessary to bring an umbrella.

You don’t .............................................................................................................................

II. Combine each pair of sentences to make one sentence, using the words given in brackets. (cheaply)

1. A businessman travels more expensively than a tourist.

KÈ

→ ……………………………………………………………………….…………………... 2. We hold traditional festivals every year. They are costly .

(although)

→ ……………………………………………………………………….…………………...

ẠY

3. I was in England. I was lucky to join the Glastonbury Festival.

(While)

→ ……………………….…………………………………………….…………………... The end ANSWER KEY

A. Choose the best answer. (5 marks) 6

1.C

2.C

3.B

4.D

5. C

B. I. 1. The white dress is cheaper than

the black one/ dress.

FF IC IA L

isn’t as expensive as is less expensive than 2.You don’t need / have to bring an umbrella. II. 1. A tourist travels more cheaply than a businessman.

2. We hold traditional festivals every year although they are costly. / Although traditional festivals are costly, we hold them every year.

3. While I was in England, I was lucky to join the Glastonbury Festival.

TEST 15' LAN 2.2

A. Find a mistake in the four underlined parts of each sentence.(3 marks) B

1. We speak English more fluent now than last year.

2. Was you studying Maths at 5 pm yesterday ? D

3. I don't like this performance although it's too boring B

KÈ

B. Give the correct form of the words in CAPITAL to complete the sentences.(2 marks)

ẠY

1. There are many interesting things about the cultural groups of Vietnam at the museum of ………………………….... ETHNIC

2. Aodai is our ................................dress. We wear it every Monday at school. TRADITION C. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences. You don’t need to change the words. (3 marks)

1. are / in / ethnic groups / There/ Viet Nam / 54 / . 7

...................................................................................................................................... 2. all / a computer / problems/ in / Sitting / front / health / day / cause /of / can/. ...................................................................................................................................... 3. minorities/ still/ traditional/ Some / life / in / ways / mountains / their / the / keep / of /.

FF IC IA L

..................................................................................................................................... The end ANSWER KEY A. 1. B

2.A

3. C

2. traditional

1. ethnology

1. There are 54 ethnic groups in Viet Nam.

C. Rewrite the sentences.

2. Sitting in front of a computer all day can cause health problems.

3. Some minorities in the mountains still keep their traditional ways of life.

TEST 15' LAN 2.3

A. Circle the mistakes and correct them.(3 marks)

1. People should chew gum while talking to someone. C

KÈ

2. When I came, the whole family is having dinner around a big dining room. B

ẠY

3. When you visit a temple in Thailand, you has to follow some important customs. A

B. Circle the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences.(5 marks) 1. You _______ be late for school.

A. must

B. mustn’t

C. have to

2. Lang Lieu couldn’t buy any special food _______he was poor.

D. don’t have to

A. because D.however

B. although

C. so

3. When I came, My family ____________dinner around a big dining room A. has

B. was having

C. had

D. is having

A. remembered

FF IC IA L

4. In 2010, Ha Noi____________ its 1000th anniversary. B. commemorated

C. worshipped

D. celebrated

5. Viet Nam is _____________ multi-cultural country with 54 ethnic groups. A. a B. an C. the D. A and C

C. Combine each pair of sentences to make one sentence, using the words given in brackets.(2 marks)

1.The Hung King Temple Festival was a local festival. It has become a public holiday in Viet Nam since 2007.(however)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………

2. The Buffalo- fighting Festival took place in Do Son last Saturday. There were so many people. (Because)

3. B

shouldn’t

KÈ

2. B

ANSWER KEY

A. 1. A

The end

…………………………………………………………………………………………………

was having

have to

ẠY

2. A

3. B

4. D

5. A

1. B

C. Rewrite the sentences. 1.The Hung King Temple Festival was a local festival; however, it has become a public holiday in Viet Nam since 2007. 9

ẠY

KÈ

FF IC IA L

2.Because The Buffalo- fighting Festival took place in Do Son last Saturday, there were so many people.

PHẦN 2: FIRST TERM TEST 01 ANH 8 HK1 PART A: LISTENING I: Listen and write the missing words.

FF IC IA L

The average lifespan of the Japanese is 78 for males and 85 for females, the (1) _____in the world. The main secret lies in their food. The Japanese eat a lot of tofu, which is made from soybeans. Tofu contains a lot of vegetable protein, calcium and Vitamin B. It doesn’t contain (2) _____fat, and it doesn’t provide many calories. Seafood like fish and vegetables (3) _____ an important role in their diet, too. They cook the (4) _____ with less cooking oil and less time. For each meal, they have more dishes on the table than us but they eat only little of everything, never stuffing themselves. Japanese people also work very hard and do more exercise. This helps them burn the calories (5) _____ easily.

II.Listen and write True (T) or False (F)

1. UNICEF serves children of all races, nationalities, religions, and political systems .

2. Its purpose is to help provide a better life for all people.

3.Today 80 million humans live in condition of poverty and hopelessness. 4. Four- fifths of these children have no regular health services

5.Unsafe water is one of the reason millons of people die every year.

PART B: LANGUAGE FOCUS

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

A. to hang out

1. I adore___________with my friends at the weekend. B. hang out

C. hanging out

D. to hanging out

KÈ

2. Lang Lieu couldn’t buy any special food___________he was very poor. A. although

B. when

C. while

D. because

ẠY

3. A tent can be___________pulled down and transported than a ger. A. easier

B. more easily

C. most easily

D. easily

4. I think some one__________talk to the boss. We can’t work extra hours on Saturday. A. have to

B. should

C. don’t have to

D. shouldn’t

5. We reached the house after__________for almost an hour. A. cycled

B. to cycle

C. cycling 11

D. cycle

6. The Chirstian Festival of Easten celebrates the return of Christ from the dead,______ festival is actually named after the goddest of the Sun. A. if

B.but

C. however

D. moreover

A. moreover 8.

B. while

C. nevetheless

FF IC IA L

7. We don’t have many carnivals in Viet Nam;___________ ,we have many special traditional festivals. D. although

you study harder, you won’t be able to pass the examination.

A. Unless

B. Because

C. If

D. How

9. It’s snowing now. Would you like to__________ on Sunday? B. go to ski

C. go skiing

D. go ski

A. skiing

10. Saint Giong was unable to talk, smile, or walk__________he was three years old. B. because

C. while

A. if

D. even though

II. Supply the correct tense or form of the verb in parentheses.

1.What__________ you (do)____________ at 3 o’clock yesterday?

2. You should (respect) ___________ old people.

3. We were having dinner when the telephone (ring)____________.

4. They (live)___________ in this city for 10 years.

5. This test must (do)_____________ carefully. PART C: REDING

ẠY

KÈ

I. Read the postcard and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks.

popular – than – town – visit – fo

HOI AN

The ancient(1)___________of Hoi An lies on the Thu Bon river, more (2)________two kilometers to the South of Da Nang. Occupied by early western traders, Hoi An was one of the major old-time commercial ports of South Asia in the 16 th century. Hoi An is famous (3___________old temples, pagodas, tiled-roof houses and narrow streets. Tourists can (4)___________the relics of Sa Huynh and Cham Civilizationa. They can also enjoy the 12

beautiful scenery of the Thu Bon River, Cua Dai Beach, etc. In recent years, Hoi An has become a very (5)____________ tourist denstination in Viet Nam. Importantly, the committee of the World Heritages of UNESCO officially certified Hoi An a World Heritage Site in 1999. 1____________, 2____________, 3____________, 4___________, 5 ____________

FF IC IA L

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to compelete the following passage. Children love playing computer games. Some people say that of them are addicted to games. If you become addicted, all you think about is computer games and you can’t spend a day without (1)___________. Of course, playing games (2)___________the computer is a great way to spend time and have fun. But there are also bad sides to it as well.

First of all, you don’t get enough exercise because you don’t have to move your body much when playing games. Second, your eyesight becomes (3)____________ because your eyes are fixed on the screen for too long. This is why it isn’t hard to find children wearing glasses around these days. Third, you don’t get to spend much time with your family because you are spending all of your time in front of the computer. Playing computer games is not such a bad thing. But (4)___________much playing can cause problems. (5)___________ hours do you spend in front of the computer? Why not take this opportunity to cut down on computer games? B. to play

C. playing

2. A. in

B. on

3. A. good

B. well

C. bad

D. badly

4. A. too

B. little

C. few

D. some

5. A. How often

B. How much

C. How long

1. A. play

C. at

D. plays D. of

D.How many

III. Read the following passage and do the tasks below:

KÈ

Yoko, a Japanese girl, has been an exchange student in the USA for two months. She’s now living with the Paul family on a farm 80 kilometers to the north of Las Vegas.

ẠY

The Pauls are kind and friendly. There are four people in their family. Mr and Mrs Paul are hard-working people. They get up early every day and go to work on the farm right after breakfast. Their two children, Jane and Mike often help them after school.

Since Yoko arrived, she has been learning a lot about life on a farm. In the afternoon, after learning, she helps the Pauls with farm work. She often feeds the animals and waters the vegetables. Sometimes she pumps water into the field. In the evening, after dinner, the Pauls and Yoko often watch TV in the living room, drinking tea and chatting about their work, their plans for the next crops. Yoko feels as if she was in her family in Tokyo. 13

A. True (T) or False (F) Statement

True

False

2. The Pauls and Yoko often chat about their life, their plans for the next crops B. Answer the questions 1. Where does Yoko live?

FF IC IA L

1. There are 4 people in Paul’s family

=>_________________________________________________________________

2. Do the Pauls work hard?

=>_________________________________________________________________

3. What does Yoko do after learning?

=>_________________________________________________________________

PART D: WRITING

I. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before:

1. The hotel we saw first was rather expensive. We decided to look for another. (so)

=>_________________________________________________________________

2. There are more and more cars sold every day. The traffic in the streets is becoming more and more difficult. (because)

=>_________________________________________________________________

KÈ

3. A sports car goes faster tha an ordinary car. =>An ordinary car goes________________________________________________

ẠY

4. I don’t like getting up early on cold days. =>I detest___________________________________________________________

5. The Bedford River Festival is held in Bedford, England, and thousands of European visitors come. =>When____________________________________________________________ II. Rearrange the sentences using the following words: 1. is/ When/ the/ held?/ Hue/ Festival/ 14

=>_________________________________________________________________ 2. go out/ You/ play/ should/ to/ instead of/ here./ staying/ =>_________________________________________________________________ 3. in/ Life/ the city/ that/ in/ is faster/ the countryside./than/

FF IC IA L

=>_________________________________________________________________

4.Vietnamese/plan/activites/families/around/their/children/on/many/their/special/days/./ =>_________________________________________________________________ 5.At/children/have/to/,/Easter/independent/be/and/look/themselves/after/./

=>_________________________________________________________________

III. Make sentences using the words and phrases given:

1.We / have to / use / knife / fork / dinner.

=>_________________________________________________________________ 2.What /be/ you/ and/ friends/ do/ at/ 4 p.m/ yesterday/ afternoon/?

=>_________________________________________________________________

3.When / spring / come, / many Vietnamese villages / prepare / new festival season.

=>_________________________________________________________________

4. He/ detest/ go/ shopping/ his friends./

=>_________________________________________________________________ 5. She/ drive/ carefully/ than/ her brother./

KÈ

=>_________________________________________________________________

ẠY

_______________THE END______________

I. 1. longest 2. much

ĐÁP ÁN PART A: LISTENING 3. play

4. seafood

5. off

II. UNICEF, the United Nation International Children’s Emergency Fund, serves the children of the world. It serves children of all races, nationalities, religions, and political systems in more than 100 developing countries. Its purpose is to help provide a better life for children and their mothers. It gives both long-term assistance and emergency help. This 15

1.T

2.F

3.F

4.T

5.T

FF IC IA L

program is very necessary. Today 800 million humans live in condition of poverty and hopelessness. Two-thirds of them are children and mothers of small children. Four- fifths of these children have no regular health services. Nine out of ten are not protected against childhood diseases. One hundred million do not have enough of the right foods. Most of the drink impure water. Unsafe water is one of the reason millons of people die every year.

PART B: LANGUAGE FOCUS

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 1. C

2. D

3. B

4. B

5. C

6. B

7. C

8. A

9. C

10. D

II. Supply the correct tense or form of the verb in parentheses.

1.What were you doing at 3 o’clock yesterday?

2. You should respect old people.

3. We were having dinner when the telephone rang.

5. This test must be done carefully.

4. They have lived in this city for 10 years.

PART C: REDING

2. than

3. for

4. visit

5. popular

1. town

I. Read the postcard and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks.

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to compelete the following passage. 2. B

1. C

3. C

4. A

5. D

KÈ

III. Read the following passage and do the tasks below: A.True (T) or False (F)

ẠY

1. T

2. F

B. Answer the questions

1. She lives on a farm 80 kilometers to the north of Las Vegas./ On a farm 80 kilometers to the north of Las Vegas. 2. Yes./ Yes, they do. 3. She helps the Pauls with farm work: She often feeds the animals and waters the vegetables; sometimes she pumps water into the field. 16

PART D: WRITING I. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before: 1. =>The hotel we saw first was rather expensive, so we decided to look for another.

FF IC IA L

=>The traffic in the streets is becoming more and more difficult because there are more and more cars sold every day./ Because there are more and more cars sold every day, the traffic in the streets is becoming more and more difficult. 3.

=>An ordinary car goes more slowly than a sports car. 4.

=>I detest getting up early on cold days.

=>When the Bedford River Festival is held in Bedford, England, thousands of European visitors come. II. Rearrange the sentences using the following words:

1. When is the Hue Festival held?

2. You should go out to play instead of staying here.

3. Life in the city is faster than that in the countryside.

4. Vietnamese families plan their activities around their children on many special days.

KĂ&#x2C6;

5. At Easter, children have to be independent and lool after themselves. III. Make sentences using the words and phrases given: 1. We have to use knife and fork at dinner.

áş Y

2. What were you and your friends doing at 4 p.m yesterday afternoon? 3. When spring comes, many Vietnamese villages prepare for a new festival season.

4. He detests going shopping with his friends. 5. She drives more carefully than her brother. _______________THE END______________ 17

02 ANH 8 HK1 I. Listen and write . Although people love festivals very much, there are also some disadvantages.

FF IC IA L

First, festivals are very costly. Because the general purpose of festivals is to (1) …….. cultural heritages, a nation is willing to spend a lot of money on this. Moreover, during a festival, most people do not work but spend money on (2) ……… gifts for their friends and relatives. Second, festivals can be dangerous. People may drink a lot during a festival and cause road accidents. In many festivals, there are races like cow-racing and elephant racing which may be (3) …………, especially for children. Moreover, in some festivals, when people rush to see the events, they may also cause other people to get hurt.

Third, festivals may affect the environment. After a festival, the roads are full of colourful paper, flowers, waste cans or bottles that people throw away. Trees along the roadsides may be damaged by the (4) ……….. Furthermore, the noise from music and other (5) ……….. also cause noise pollution. II. Listen and write True or False .

1. In the 6th Hung Vuong dynasty, the King wanted to give the crown to one of his sons

2.Each prince searched for an amazing food with the hope that they would become King.

3.He dreamed that a god told him how to make some special food to symbolise the moon , the sky.

4.Banh Chung and Banh Day symbolised the grandparents.

PART B:LANGUAGE FOCUS

KÈ

5.Vietnamese people make Banh Chung and Banh Day on the Tet holiday and on some other occasions

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 1. Mai enjoys _______________ to music, especially pop music in her free time.

ẠY

A. heaving

B. playing

C. listening

D. talking

2. Jane would like to know something about the ________________group of Viet Nam when he visited the museum of Ethnology. A. culture

B. cultural

C. cultured

D. culture

3. At school, the teachers and students ___________________ follow the rules. A. has to

B. have to

C. need to 18

D. haven’t to

4. Would you like to go ____________a walk _____________ the park this afternoon ? A.to- at

B. for- at

C.to- in

D. for- in

5. We do not have many carnivals in Viet Nam, ____________ , we have many special traditions. B .while

C. nevertheless

D. although

FF IC IA L

A. moreover

6. It started to rain heavily while I _________________ at the bus stop. A. waited

B. am waiting

C. was waiting

D. to wait

7. You _________________ miss any of the meetings. They are always very useful. A. needn’t

B. should

C. shouldn’t

D. can

A. What

8. ________________ ethnic group has a larger population, the Tay or the Ede. B. Why

C. Which

D. Who

B. more lazily

C. lazilier

A. lazier

9. Ba works ________________ so he often gets worse marks than Tuan. D. more lazy

B. held

C. is held

A. hold

10. The Gong festival ________________ annually in the central Highlands. D. is holding

II. Supply the correct tense or form of the verb in parentheses:

1. Ngoc adores ___________(sit ) in front of the computer.

2. They ____________(not see ) the film Titanic yet. 3. One Pillar pagoda in Ha Noi ___________( complete ) in 1049.

4. I would rather ____________(make ) models than listen to music.

KÈ

5. According to tradition, you shouldn’t ___________(sweep) the floor on the first day of Tet. PART C: READING

ẠY

I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks:

visit

members

clean

before

Tet is celebrated on the first day (1)___________ the Lunar New Year. Some weeks before the New Year, the Vietnamese (2)_____________ their house and paint the walls. New 19

clothes are bought for the occasion. One or two days (3) ________the festival, people make Chung cake, which is the traditional cake. On the New Year’s Eve, the whole family gets together for a dinner. On the New Year morning, all the (4) _________of the family show respect to the elders by beautiful words. In return, they receive lucky money wrapped in red tiny envelopes. Then people go to (5)__________ their neighbors, friends and relatives. 3………………. 4……………..

FF IC IA L

1……………….. 2…………………. 5…………………

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage:

B. than

D. much

2. A. large

B. larger

C. largest

D. the largest

3. A. take

B. arrive

C. inhabit

D. stay

4. A. of

B. among

C. in

D.at

B. base

C. basing

D. based

Q M

5. A. to base

C. few

1. A. less

There are about more (1) ______1.7 million Tay people in Viet Nam. This makes them the second (2)_______ ethnic group in Viet Nam after the majority Viet ethnic group. Most are in northern Viet Nam in particular in the Cao Bang, Lang Son, BacKan, Thai Nguyen and Quang Ninh Provinces, where they (3)_______ along the valleys and the lower slopes of the mountains. They also live in some regions of the Bac Ninh and Bac Giang Provinces. They inhabit fertile plains and are generally agriculturalists, mainly cultivating rice. They also cultivate maize and sweet potatoes (4)______ other things. Tay villages are usually (5) ______at the feet mountains are often named after a mountain, field or river. Each village has about 15 – 20 households.

KÈ

III. Read the following passage and do the tasks below:

ẠY

An artist went to a beautiful part of the country for a holiday and stayed with a farmer. Every day he went out with his paints and brushes and painted from morning to evening, and painted from morning to evening, and then when it got dark, he went back to the farm and had a good dinner before going to bed.

At the end of his holiday he wanted to pay the farmer, but the farmer said, “No, I don’t want the money – but give me one of your picture. What is money for? In a week it will all be finish, but your picture will still be here.” The artist was very pleased and thanked the farmer for saying such kind things about his paintings. The farmer smiled and answered “ It is not that. I have a son in London. He wants 20

to be an artist. When he comes here next month, I will show him your picture, and then he will not want to be an artist any more, I think”. A. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 1. Where did the artist spend his holiday?

FF IC IA L

A. With his paints and brushes B. With a farmer C. On a farm D. In a beautiful country 2. What did the artist do during his holiday?

A. He went out every day B. He made paints and brushes

C. He went back to the farm

D. He painted all day

B. Answer the questions:

1. What did the farmer ask the artist for at the end of the holiday?

=>________________________________________________________________________

2. Why was the artist very pleased with the farmer’s request?

=>________________________________________________________________________ 3. Does the farmer’s want to be an artist?

KÈ

=>________________________________________________________________________ PART D: WRITING

I. Rearrange the words and phrases given to make meaningful sentences.

ẠY

1. I enjoy/ tennis/ my/ playing/ with/ friends/ weekend/ every. =>________________________________________________________________________

2. Vu Lan/ day/ on/ the/ lunar/ takes/ seventh/ month/ 15th / place/ of/ the . =>________________________________________________________________________ 3. We/ our/ should/ and/ respect/ traditions/ customs. =>________________________________________________________________________ 21

4. They/ speak/ fluently/ last/ than/ year/ English/ more. =>________________________________________________________________________ 5. At/ pagoda/, /me/ Buddha/ worship/ tray/ Huong/ of/ a/ fruit/ offer/ to/ him. =>________________________________________________________________________

FF IC IA L

I. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before: 1. Tuan drives more carefully than his brother.

=>Tuan‘s brother drives _____________________________________________________

2. There are more and more cars sold every day. The traffic in the streets is becoming more and more difficult.

=>Because________________________________________________________________ 3. They usually visit museums when they have leisure time.

4. People built this pagoda many years ago.

=>They enjoy______________________________________________________________

=>This pagoda_____________________________________________________________

5. Making crafts or collecting things like stamps and coins are very interesting.

=>It’s ____________________________________________________________________

III. Make sentences using the words and phrases given:

1. Sometimes/ brother/ and/ I/ go/ fishing/ in/ river/ near/ our/ farm. =>________________________________________________________________________

2. Homes/ city/ often/ better/ equipped/ with/ electrical appliances/ those/ countryside.

KÈ

=>________________________________________________________________________ 3. We/ have/ dinner/ when/ telephone/ ring.

ẠY

=>________________________________________________________________________ 4. Thanks/ technology /, / now/ we/ can/ preserve our culture/ for/ future/ generations.

=>________________________________________________________________________ 5. Our country / government / always/ take/ care/ people’s life/ especially/ the ethnic groups’. =>_______________________________________________________________________

ĐÁP ÁN PART A. LISTENING I. 1.preserve

2. expensive

3 dangerous

4 crowds

5. performances

II. Listen and write True or False .

FF IC IA L

Once upon a time, in the 6th Hung Vuong dynasty, the King wanted to give the crown to one of his sons. He decided that he would organise a competition, and he would give the crown to who ever could find the most delicious and special food.

Each prince searched for an amazing food with the hope that they would become King. Lang Lieu, the 18th prince, was a very kind person. One day, he dreamed that a god told him how to make some special food to symbolise the earth, the sky, and the parents. Lang Lieu woke up and made Banh Chung and Banh Day. Banh Chung was square and symbolised the earth. Banh Day was round and symbolised the sky. Banh Chung and Banh Day symbolised the parents, too.

1. T 2.T

3.F

4.F

The King had seen and tasted all of the special food, but he thought Banh Chung and Banh Day were the most delicious. He asked Lang Lieu about the meanings of them, and then he decided to give the crown to Tiet Lieu. From that day on, Vietnamese people make Banh Chung and Banh Day on the Tet holiday and on some other occasions. 5.T

PART B. LANGUAGE FOCUS

2. B

3. B

4. D

5. C

6. C

7. C

8. C

9. B

10. C

KÈ

1. C

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

II. Supply the correct tense or form of the verb in parentheses: 2. haven’t seen

3. was completed

4. make

5. sweep

PART C. READING

ẠY

1. sitting

I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks: 1. of

2. clean

3. before

4. members

5. visit

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage. 1. B

2. C

3. C 23

4. B

5. D

III. Read the passage and do the tasks bellow. A. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 1. D

2. D

1. (The farmer) He asked for a picture/ a picture.

FF IC IA L

B. Answer the questions:

2. Because he ( the artist) thought his pictures were so beautiful. 3. Yes, he does./ Yes. PART D. WRITING

I. Rearrange the words and phrases given to make meaningful sentences.

1. I enjoy playing tennis with my friends every weekend.

3. We should respect our customs and traditions .

2. Vu Lan takes place on the 15th day of the seventh lunar month.

4. They speak English more fluently than last year.

5. At Huong Pagoda we offer Buddha a tray of fruit to worship him

II. Rewrite the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one.

1. Tuan’s brother drives less carefully than him (Tuan)/Tuan’ s brother drives more carelessly than him( Tuan)

2. Because there are more and more cars sold every day, the traffic in the street is becoming more and more difficult.

3. They enjoy visiting museums when they have leisure time .

KÈ

4. This pagoda was built many years ago. 5. It is very interesting to make crafts and collect things like stamps and coins. III. Make up sentences, using the words and phrases given.

ẠY

1. Sometimes my brother and I go fishing in the (a) river near our farm.

2. Homes in the city are often better equipped with electrical appliances than those in the countryside. 3. We were having dinner when the telephone rang. 4. Thanks to technology, now we can preserve our culture for future generations. 5. In our country the government always takes care of people’s life especially the ethnic groups’. 24

03 ANH 8 HK1 PART A. LISTENING I. Listen and tick (√) to decide whether statements below are true (T) or false (F). You will listen TWICE. (SGK – Review 2: listening) F

FF IC IA L

0. When living in France for a few months, the man tried to be polite all the time. 1. The French don’t like to be so polite all the time.

2. The French spend their whole time apologising.

√

3. Chatting to strangers is seen as a rather strange thing to the French.

4. The French like to talk about big issues at dinner parties.

5. The British may be surprised if their guests talk about house prices.

TWICE. (SGK – Unit 4: Skills 2)

II. Listen to the passage and then complete each blank with one correct word. You will listen

1. The xoe dance is a _______________ dance of the Thai ethnic group in Vietnam.

2. The xoe dance expresses people’s _______________ life and wishes for a happy and wealthy life.

3. The xoe dance has more than _______________ forms based on the first six ancient ones.

KÈ

4. The xoe vong or “circle dance” expresses social _______________. 5. Old people say they shouldn’t _______________ with this tradition because it reflects Thai culture and

ẠY

lifestyle.

1._____________ 2. ______________ 3. ______________ 4. ______________ 5._____________ PART B. LANGUAGE FOCUS

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 1. Some ethnic minorities in the mountains still keep their traditional ways __________ life. 25

A. on

B. in

C. at

D. of

2. After school, my brother and I often help my parents __________ our family’s buffaloes. A. herds

B. herded

C. herding

D. herd

A. nevertheless

FF IC IA L

3. We don’t have many carnivals in Viet Nam; ____________, we have many traditional festivals. B. while

C. although

D. because

4. It usually snows ____________ in the mountains than in the lowlands. A. heavier

B. more heavily

C. more heavyly

D. as heavily

5. We ___________ wear uniform at school from Monday to Saturday. That’s a good way and equal to everyone. B. haven’t to

C. could

D. must

A. have to

B. liking

A. humor

6. Our family’s customs and traditions make us feel a sense of _____________. C. belonging

D. unique

A. Why

7. ___________ plays a more important role in a Giarai family? – Women (do). B. Who

C. Which

B. generous

C. hard- working

D. What

A. mean

8. Tam was a very _________ girl who had to work all day. D. lazy

KÈ

9. While Alice ___________ alone in the wood, she suddenly heard footsteps behind her. A. walked

B. was walking

C. walk

D. is walking

ẠY

10. The ____________ of royal court music has been recognized as a world heritage. B. performance

C. show

D. preservation

A. song

II. Supply the corect tense or form of the verb in parentheses. 1. Children in this village adore (fly)_______________kites in summer afternoons. 26

2. When the villagers were having a party, a dragon suddenly (appear) _______________. 3. He shouldn’t (break)________________ his promise to the kids. 4. __________you ever (see)__________a festival in Viet Nam, Nick?

PART C. READING

FF IC IA L

5. If she (not/ get) _______________up early, she won’t catch the first bus.

I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks. more – groups – communicate – musical – Therefore

Gong culture in the Central Highlands

For the ethnic (1) __________ of the Central Highlands, gongs are (2) __________ instruments of special power. It is believed that every gong is the symbol of a god who grows (3) __________ powerful as the gong gets older. (4) __________, gongs are associated with special occasions in people’s lives, such as the building of new houses, funerals, crop praying ceremonies, etc. The gong sound is a way to (5) __________ with the gods.

1.______________ 2. ______________ 3. _____________ 4. ______________ 5. ______________

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage.

Khau Vai Love Market Festival – Beauty of Love

KÈ

Khau Vai Commune, located in Meo Vac District, is home to (1) ___________ minority group of Giay, Nung and Muong. The love market festival is held (2) ____________ Lunar March 26th and 27th with the participation of a large number of local people. The festival (3) ____________food and drink culture, song performances and folk games. Ethnic (4) ____________, jewellery, ethnic musical instruments, culture and art publications are on (5) ___________ at the market, reflecting activities of the local people. B. ethnic

C. traditional

D. unique

2. A. in

B. at

C. on

D. during

3. A. features

B. to feature

C. feature

D. featuring

4. A. cloth

B. materials

C. fashion

D. costumes

5. A. show

B. display

C. performance

D. stage

ẠY

1. A. cultural

III. Read the following passage and do the tasks below. 27

Duong Lam: An ancient Vietnamese village

FF IC IA L

Duong Lam Village is located in Duong Lam Commune at a 45km distance from Hanoi. It is the birthplace of two kings in the history of Vietnam, Phung Hung and Ngo Quyen, who opened up the long-term self-control and independence period of Vietnam after Bach Dang Victory in the year 938. All houses, gates, village gates and wells are built of laterite creating an architectural complex, a unique village that is typical for villages in the midlands in the North of Vietnam. At present, there are still nearly old 200 houses and many other historical monuments such as Phung Hung Temple, Ngo Quyen Royal Tomb, Mong Phu Communal House, Ho Gam Hill at which Phung Hung killed tigers to rescue villagers and the temple at which the diplomat Giang Van Minh is worshiped. A. Answer the following questions. 1. Where is Duong Lam village? ____________________________________________________________________ 2. Who were the two kings whose birthplace in Duong Lam Village? ____________________________________________________________________ 3. What is Duong Lam typical for? _____________________________________________________________________

B. Choose the correct answer. 4. How many old houses are there in Duong Lam? A. more than 200 B. over 200 C. about 200

D. 200

5. Where did Phung Hung kill tigers to rescue villagers? B. Ngo Quyen Royal Tomb

A. Phung Hung temple

KÈ

C. Mong Phu Communal House

D. Ho Gam Hill PART D. WRITING

I. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before.

ẠY

1. The U23 Viet Nam team played more skillfully than the U23 Myanmar team The U23 Myanmar team played______________________________________________

2. You are not allowed to leave the room without permission. You must________________________________________________________________ 3. Are you interested in hanging out with friends at weekends? Do you fancy______________________________________________________________ 28

4. The Mnong hold the Elephant Race Festival in spring in Don village. The Elephant Race Festival__________________________________________________ 5. Duong was very busy; however, he spent the whole day at the Lim festival. Although Duong___________________________________________________________

FF IC IA L

II. Rearrange the words/phrases to make complete sentences.

1. wear / should / not / shorts / pagoda. / when / You / going / to / the

________________________________________________________________________ 2. more / decorated / Tet, / At / the / year. / is / our house / than / beautifully / during

_________________________________________________________________________

3. all / a computer / problems. / Sitting / in front of / health /day / cause / can

________________________________________________________________________

4. people / animals. / Snow White / kind/ is / very / to / and

________________________________________________________________________

5. has / public holiday / since/ a / Hung King Temple / 2007. / in / Viet nam / festival / been

________________________________________________________________________

III. Make sentences using the words and phrases given.

1. Last night, we / have / dinner / when / telephone / ring.

________________________________________________________________________ 2. Life / countryside / change / a lot / over / past / ten years.

________________________________________________________________________

KÈ

3. Nam / not / mind / listen / classical music. ________________________________________________________________________

ẠY

4. Why / not / you / come / Hue festival? ________________________________________________________________________

5. There / be / tradition / our family / that / we / have / party / New Year’s Eve. ________________________________________________________________________

ĐÁP ÁN PART A. LISTENING I. Listen and tick (√) to decide whether statements below are true (T) or false (F). 1. T

2. F

3. T

4. T

5. F

1. traditional

2. working

FF IC IA L

II. Listen to the recording and fill in the blanks with NO MORE THAN 2 WORDS. 3. 30/ thirty

4. unity

5. break

PART B. LANGUAGE FOCUS

I. Choose the best option to complete each sentence. Circle A, B, C or D. 2. D

3. A

4. B

5. A

6. C

7. B

8. C

9. B

10. B

1. D

II. Put the verbs in brackets in the correct form.

1. flying 2. appeared

3. break

4. Have - seen

5. doesn’t get

PART C. READING

I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks.

2. musical

KÈ

3. more

1. groups

4. Therefore

ẠY

5. communicate

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage.

1. B

2. C

3. A

4. D

5. B

III. Read the passage and do the following tasks below. A. Answer the following questions. 1. (Duong Lam / It is) in Duong lam Commune at a 45 km distance from Ha Noi. 30

2. Phung Hung and Ngo Quyen (were). / Phung Hung and Ngo Quyen were the two kings (whose birthplace in Duong lam Village). 3. (Duong Lam / It is typical for) villages in the midlands in the North of Viet Nam.

4. C 5. D PART D. WRITING

FF IC IA L

B. Choose the correct answer.

I. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before. 1. The U23 Myanmar team played less skillfully than the U23 Viet Nam team.

3. Do you fancy hanging out with friends at weekends?

2. You must not leave the room without permission.

4. The Elephant Race Festival is held by the Mnong in spring in Don village.

5. Although Duong was very busy, he spent the whole day at the Lim festival.

II. Re-arrange the words / phrases to make complete sentences.

1. You should not wear shorts when going to the pagoda.

2. At Tet, our house is more beautifully decorated than during the year.

3. Sitting in front of a computer all day can cause health problems.

4. Snow White is very kind to people and animals. 5. Hung King Temple festival has been a public holiday in Viet Nam since 2007.

III. Make sentences, using the words and phrases given.

KÈ

1. Last night, we were having dinner when the telephone rang. 2. Life in the countryside has changed a lot over the past ten years.

ẠY

3. Nam does not / doesn’t mind listening to classical music. 4. Why don’t you come to the Hue festival?

5. There is a tradition in our family that we have a party on New Year’s Eve. 04 ANH 8 HK1 PART A- LISTENING I. Listen and choose the correct answers. You will listen TWICE: (Skills 2- Unit 5) 31

1. The Giong Festival is held in ___________ District, Ha Noi. A. Dong Anh

B. Dong Da

C. Soc Son

D. Ha Dong

2. This festival is held to commemorate Saint Giong who defeated ___________. A. the An

B. the Ming

C. the Mongols

FF IC IA L

3. The festival is held ___________. A. on the 6th day of the 4th lunar month B. on the 12th day of the 4th lunar month C. from the 6th to the 12th of the 4th lunar month

B. xoe

C. cai luong

D. cheo

A. tuong

D. from the 6th to the 12th of the 5th lunar month 4. When night falls, a ___________play is performed.

D. the Thanh

A. highland

5. This festival shows our love for the___________. B. motherland

C. island

D. Ireland

II. Listen to the passage and then complete each blank with one correct word. You will listen TWICE. (Skills 2- Unit 4)

1. The xoe dance expresses young people’s working life and wishes for a happy and __________ life.

2. The xoe dance has more than 30 forms based on the first __________ ancient forms.

3. Because it expresses social__________.

4. Old people say they __________ break with this tradition.

KÈ

5. As a Thai __________ song goes, without the xoe dance, the rice won’t grow and they won’t get married. PART B- LANGUAGE FORCUS

ẠY

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

1. You ___________miss any of the meetings. They’re always very useful. A. needn’t

B. shouldn’t

C. should

D. can

2. She is famous___________her intelligence. She designs many special styles for Aodai. A. for

B. in

C. with 32

D. into

3. The buses were very___________this morning. We can’t go to the church with you in time. A. crowd

B. full

C. crowded

D. busy

A. addicted to

FF IC IA L

4. So many people nowadays are ___________ computers and mobile phones. They use them a lot. B. bored with

C. worried about

D. afraid

5. I love ___________ with my best friend Susan during the weekend. We go windowshopping or to the cinema. B. studying

C. visiting

A. chatting hanging out

B. more hard than

A. as hard as

6. The volunteers have to work much ___________ usual to save the dying animals from the forest fire. C. harder than

D. the hardest

B. although

C. in spite

D. because

A. if

7. I couldn’t hear what he said ___________ he was muttering under his breath.

8. We do not have many carnivals in Viet Nam; ___________, we have many special traditional festivals. B. nevertheless

C. while

A. moreover

D. although

B. help

C. make

A. do

9. Why don’t we ___________our parents with some DIY projects? I think it is useful. D. give

KÈ

10. You _______________use your mobile phone on the plane. A. must

C. don’t have to

B. have to

D. mustn’t

II. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form.

ẠY

1. Do you fancy (buy) ____________________ a new laptop ? 2. We ( have) ______________________ a test tomorrow.

3. They (build) ______________________ that house since 2009. 4. We (do) ____________________ our homework when the light went out at 9 p.m. last night.

5. You shouldn’t (miss) ______________________ any of the meetings. They are always very important. PART C- READING

FF IC IA L

I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks: hard – takes – their – bring – where

Vietnamese students usually go to school in the mornings, they sometimes (1) ___________ their breakfast with them and eat in the classroom before the teachers come in. It’s incredibly noisy at first, but they settle down, and learn (2) ___________ for about two periods. At break time, they go to the playing field (3) ___________they run about. At lunchtime, some mothers come and take (4) ___________children home for an hour, but most children stay at school. Quite often in the afternoons, another teacher (5) ___________the children out on a visit. After school, mother or father comes and gets children home in the car.

1. _____________ 2. _____________ 3. ____________ 4. ______________ 5._____________

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage:

KÈ

Rice is (1)______by Vietnamese people every day. It often (2)______in tropical countries such as Vietnam, Thailand or Malaysia. The Chinese have also been growing rice for (3)______years. The seeds are planted in special beds to grow into young rice plants. Then they are taken to fields covered with muddy water called paddies. The fields of rice look very (4)______. After 3 or 5 months, the rice is ready to be picked. People often drain away water before colleting rice. Eating rice is a special action in the world. They don’t use spoons or forks to enjoy bowls of rice. (5)______, they use two short sticks known as chopsticks to put rice into their mouths. China and Vietnam are the two countries in which people use chopsticks very well. B. taken

C. eaten

D. boiled

2. A. grows

B. keeps

C. plants

D. stays

ẠY

1. A. used

3. A. thousands 4. A. beauty 5. A. However

B. thousand B. beautiful

C. thousand of C. beautifully

B. Moreover

C. Besides

III. Read the following passage and do the tasks below: 34

D. thousands of D. the beauty D. Instead

FF IC IA L

Tet holiday is celebrated on the first day of the Lunar New Year in Viet Nam. Some weeks before the New Year, the Vietnamese clean their houses and paint the walls. New clothes are bought for the occasion. One or two days before the festival, people make Banh chung, which is the traditional cake, and kinds of jam. On the New Year's Eve, the whole family gets together for the reunion dinner. On New Year morning, all the members of the family pay their respects to the elders by beautiful words. In return, they receive lucky money wrapped in red tiny envelopes. Then people go to visit the neighbors, friends and relatives. A. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences:

1. __________________days before the festival, people make Banh chung. A. One

B. Two

C. Three

D. One or two

2. People go to visit the__________________ .

B. neighbors, a friend and relatives

C. neighbors, friends and relatives

D. neighbor, friends and relatives

A. neighbors and friends

B. Answer the questions:

1. When is Tet holiday celebrated in Viet Nam?

....................................................................................... 2. What do they do on the New Year's Eve?

..................................................................................................

3. Who give lucky money wrapped in red tiny envelopes?

PART D - WRITING

...........................................................................................................

KÈ

I. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before: 1. Hung drives more carefully than his brother. → Hung’s brother drives less .................................................................................

ẠY

2. It takes Long two hours to do his homework every day.

→ Long spends ........................................................................................................... 3. My sister started learning English 5 years ago. → My sister has ....................................................................................................... 4. Finding an apartment in a big city is not easy. → It is not ..................................................................................................................... 35

5. You are not allowed to leave the room without permission. → You mustn’t…………………………………………..............................……… II. Rearrange the sentences using the following words: 1. Thanks to/ technology/,/can now/ for/ preserve/ our/ culture/ we/ future generations/./

FF IC IA L

………………………………………………………………………………………………… 2. At Huong pagoda/ ,/ we/ Buddha/ to worship/ a tray/ of/ fruit/ offer/ him/./

………………………………………………………………………………………………… 3. beautiful/ Sa Pa’s/ the world/ terraced fields/ in/ the most/ are among/./

…………………………………………………………………………………………………

4. Life in/ changed/ countryside/ the/ has/ over/ the past ten years/ a lot/./

………………………………………………………………………………………………… 5. I/ in/ Nha Trang/ the/ My family/ went/ and/ to/ 2011/ Sea Festival/./

…………………………………………………………………………………………………

III. Make sentences using the words and phrases given:

1. She/will/ need/ brush/ if/ want/paint/her room./

…………………………………………………………………………………………………

2. A buffalo/ plough/ well/ than / a horse./

………………………………………………………………………………………………… 3. Would/they/like/ live/ the city?/

…………………………………………………………………………………………………

KÈ

4. What/ you/ do/ this time/ yesterday?/

ẠY

………………………………………………………………………………………………… … 5. Chu Dong Tu and Giong/ be/ both/ legend/ saints/however/ they/be/ worship/ different/ things./

………………………………………………………………………………………………… THE END

ĐÁP ÁN PART A. LISTENING I. Listen and choose the correct answers. You will listen TWICE: ( Skills 2- Unit 5) 1. C

2. A

3. C

4. D

5. B

1. wealthy 2. six/6

FF IC IA L

II. Listen to the passage and then complete each blank with one correct word. You will listen TWICE. ( Skills 2- Unit 4) 4. shouldn’t

3. unity

5. folk

PART B- LANGUAGE FORCUS I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 2. A

3. C

4. A

6. C

7.D

8. B

9. B

5. D

1. B

10. D

2. will have 3. have built

4. were doing

1. buying

II. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form.

5. sitting

PART C- READING

I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks: 2. hard

3. where

4. their

1. bring

5. takes

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage: 2. A

3. D

4. B

5. A

1. C

KÈ

III. Read the following passage and do the tasks below: A. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 1. D

2. C

ẠY

B. Answer the questions:

1. Tet holiday is celebrated on the first day of the Lunar New Year in Viet Nam./ It’s celebrated on the first day of the Lunar New Year in Viet Nam./ It’s celebrated on the first day of the Lunar New Year./ (It’s celebrated) on the first day of the Lunar New Year( in Viet Nam). 2. (On the New Year's Eve), the whole family gets/ they get together for the reunion dinner. 3. The elders give lucky money wrapped in red tiny envelopes./ The elders do. 37

PART D - WRITING I. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before: 1. Hung’s brother drives less carefully than him(Hung/he does)

3. My sister has learnt/learned English for 5 years. My sister has learnt/learned English for five years. 4. It is not easy to find an apartment in a big city. 5. You mustn’t leave the room without permission. II. Rearrange the sentences using the following words:

FF IC IA L

2. Long spends two hours doing his homework every day.

1. Thanks to technology, we can now preserve our culture for future generations. 2. At Huong pagoda, we offer Buddha a tray of fruit to worship him.

3. Sapa’s terraced fields are among the most beautiful in the world. 4. Life in the countryside has changed a lot over the past ten years.

5. My family and I went to the Nha Trang Sea Festival in 2011.

III. Make sentences using the words and phrases given:

1. She will need a brush if she wants to paint her room.

2. A buffalo ploughs better than a horse.

3. Would they like to live in the city?

4. What were you doing this time yesterday?

KÈ

5. Chu Dong Tu and Giong are both legendary saints; however, they are worshipped for different things.

THE END

ẠY

Chu Dong Tu and Giong are both legendary saints. However, they are worshipped for different things.

05 ANH 8 HK1 PART A: LISTENING I: Listen to Jan

FF IC IA L

talking to Steve about getting a student travel card. Choose the correct answer (Ket 3 test 1 part 3) 1. How much is a travel card?

A. £ 6

B. £ 16

C. £ 60

2. Jan will need photo

A. one photo

B. two photo

C. four

A. in the photographer’s shop B, in the library A. a letter

5. Jan can get a travel card from affice

A. her college

B. her passport

C. in the C. her

B. the travel agent’s C. the tourist

4. For the travel car, Jan must take driving licence

3. Photo are less expensive post office

II: You will hear a man speaking on the telephone. Listen and complete (Ket 3 test 1 part 4)

TELEPHONE MESSAGE Mr Brown

(6) David………………………….

From:

To:

(7) a bad ………………………..

KÈ

Not in school because he has:

ẠY

Student should read pages:

David will return to school on: At:

(8) ……………………. To ………………………. (9)………………………… afternoon (10) ………………………… p.m

PART B: LANGUAGE FOCUS 39

I. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences. 1. At school, the teachers and students ____________ follow the rules. A. has to

C. need to

B. have to

D. haven’t to

2. We reached the house after___________ for almost an hour. B. to cycle

C. cycling

D. cycle

FF IC IA L

A. cycled

3. ______________plays a more important role in a Giarai family ? – Women do A. Why

B. Who

C. Which

D. What

4. You can go to the festival…….. you can stay home. A. and

B. so

C. or

D. but

A. in

B. for

C. with

5. She is famous __________ her intelligence. She designs many special styles for Ao dai. D. into

B. should

C. shouldn’t

D. can

A. needn’t

6. You __________ miss any of the meetings. They’re always very useful.

B. but

C. however

D. moreover

A. if

7. The Christian Festival of Easter celebrates the return of Christ from the dead, ________ the festival is actually name after the goddess of the sun.

8. I love the people in my village. They are so………………… and hospitable. B. vast

C. slow

D. inconvenient

A. friendly

9. Can you speak English ………………? My English is not good. B. more slowly

KÈ

A. slow quickly

C. quickly

D. more

10. Viet Nam is …………. multicultural country with 54 ethnic groups. A. a

B. an

C. the

ẠY

II. Supply the correct tense or form of the verbs in parentheses:

1.When I was a small child I fancied (fly)_____________ kites in the field. 2.They (live)_____________ a nomadic life for six years. 3. Thirty years ago, we (not/ have)___________ mobile phones. 4.Their teacher (sing)_____________ an English song when we came. 5. Children should(take)__________ things from adults with both hands. 40

D. A and C

PART C: READING I. Read and complete the passage with words in the box. traditional

therefore

cannot

FF IC IA L

celebrate served

Tet is the biggest festival in Vietnam. To (1) ……………..Tet, Vietnamese people make many tasty (2)……..….foods. The most important food includes Chung cakes, sausages, boiled chicken, spring rolls, and sticky rice. Chung cake is made of sticky rice, pork, green beans, and other spices, wrapped in green leaves; (3)…….….., this cake needs a lot of preparation . This cake can be kept for a long time, even though the weather is often humid during Tet. Other significant foods that (4)……… be missed to worship the ancestors are sausages, spring rolls, and sticky rice. Because sausages are difficult to make, people often buy them from famous suppliers. However, sticky rice and spring rolls are easier to prepare and must be (5)………..immediately after they are cooked, so they are often made at home.

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage:

KÈ

4. A. say

C.for

D. about

B. primarily

C. wholly

D. particularly

B.are

C.was

D. be

B.talk

C. tell

D. speak

B. Because

C. If

D. Despite

2. A. mainly 3. A.is

B.in

1. A. at

Viet Nam is a multi- cultural country with 54 ethnic groups living together. The Viet (or Kinh) people account (1)… about 87% of the country’s population. They(2)… inhabit the low land and deltals. The other 53 ethnic minority groups (3)…. scattered over mountainous areas, from the North to the South.The ethnic groups in Viet Nam (4)…. different languages, yet they live close to each other.(5)…. they are involved in cultural exchange, they keep retaining the identity of their own culture.

5. A. Although

ẠY

III. Read the fairy tale Cinderella and do the tasks below.

Once upon a time there was a young girl called Cinderella. Cinderella was living happily with her family when her mother died. Her father married an evil widow with two daughters. Cinderella’s stepmother and two stepsisters mistreated her. She had to wear old clothes and work hard while the sisters wore fancy clothes and had fun. A good witch helped Cinderella. She turned Cinderella’s old dress into a beautiful gown. Cinderella went to a party and a handsome prince politely invited her to dance with him. He fell in love with her and wanted to find out who she was. Cinderella left the party in a hurry and didn’t tell the prince her name. 41

But she left a glass slipper, and the prince used that to find her. They got married and lived happily ever after. A. Choose the best answer. 1. Cinderella’s father married a………woman. B. beautiful

C. kind

D. evil

FF IC IA L

A. nice

2. Her stepmother had………….daughters. A. three

B. two

C. four

D. five

B. Answer the questions. 1. What did Cinderella’s father do when his wife died?

………………………………………………………………………………………………… …

2. How did Cinderella’s stepmother and two stepsisters treat her?

………………………………………………………………………………………………… … 3. What happened in the end?

………………………………………………………………….……………………………… ……

PART D: WRITING

I. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before: 1. He uses his free time to look after the garden.

-> He spends………………………………………………………………………………...

ẠY

KÈ

2. He doesn’t like getting up early on cold days. -> He detests ………………………………………………………………………………………... 3. People are cutting rice now. >Rice…………………………………………………………………………………………… ... 4. Playing beach games is very interesting. -> It is………………………………………………………..……………………..............…... 5. It is not necessay to set off early today . 42

->You don’t …………………………………………………………………….………………….... II. Rearrange the sentences using the following words: 1.with/They/their/out/friends/eat/love/to.

2.often/to/does/come/How/boat/ the/the/ island?/ ………………………………………….............………….

FF IC IA L

…………………………………………….................……….

3 The US/ethnic groups/over/a/is/with/multi-cultural/80/ country/. …………………………………………......…………………..

4.was/when/a/ fairy/The/appeared/crying/girl/.

…………………………….................………………………..

5.facies/ Lan/ making/ crafts.

..........................................................................................................

III. Make sentences using the given words and phrases given:

1. My family/ have/ custom/ eat/ dinner/ 7 p.m/ everyday

………………………………………………………………………………………………

2. You/ not/ have/ tip/ this country

……………………………………………………………………………………………… 3. We / would like / know / something / the cultural groups / Viet Nam.

………………………………………………………………………………..……………..

KÈ

4. Tet/ be/ most important/ festival/ Viet Nam …………………………………………………………………………………..………….

ẠY

5. While/the boy/ be / walking/ along the street/ he / meet/ accident

…………………..………………………………………………..………………………….

ĐÁP ÁN PART A: LISTENING

FF IC IA L

6. GRAHAM

7. back

8. 58 (to) 73

9. tuesday

10. 2.15

2- C 7- C

4- C

5- B

9- B

10-A

8- A

6- C

3- B

1- B

I. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.

PART B: LANGUAGE FOCUS

2. have lived

1. flying

II. Supply the correct tense or form of the verbs in parentheses: 3. didn’t have

4. was singing

5. take

PART C: READING

2- traditional

KÈ

1- celebrate

I. Read and complete the passage with words in the box. 3- therefore

4- cannot

5- served

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage:

ẠY

1. C

2. A

3. B

4. D

5. A

III. Read the fairy tale Cinderella and do the tasks below. A. Choose the best answer. 1. D 2. B B. Answer the questions. 1. (Her father/ He married) an evil widow (with two daughters). 44

2. (They treated her) badly. 3.Cinderella and the prince got married and lived happily ever after. PART D: WRITING I. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before:

FF IC IA L

1. He uses his free time to look after the garden.

2. He doesn’t like getting up early on cold days. -> He detests getting up early on cold days. 3. People are cutting rice now. ->Rice is being cut now. 4. Playing beach games is very interesting. -> It is very interesting to play beach games. 5. It is not necessay to set off early today . ->You don’t need to set off early today.

-> He spends his free time looking after the garden.

II. Rearrange the sentences using the following words:

1. They love to eat out with their friends.

2. How often does the boat come to the island?

3 The US is a multi-cultural country with over 80 ethnic groups.

4. The girl was crying when a fairy appeared.

5.Lan fancies making crafts.

III. Make sentences using the given words and phrases given:

KÈ

1. My family has a custom of eating dinner at 7 p.m everyday. 2. You do not have to tip in this country. 3. We would like to know about the cultural groups of Viet Nam.

ẠY

4. Tet is the most important festival in Viet Nam.

5. While the boy was walking along the street, he met an accident. 06 ANH 8 HK1 PART A: LISTENING

1.You will hear some information about a pop concert.Listen and complete (Ket 3 test 1 part 5) 45

POP CONCERT Red river

In London:

From:

October 28th

To:

(1) November ……………………………

FF IC IA L

Name of group

Price of ticket

(2) £………………………….

Telephone no:

(3) …………………………….

Place:

(4) …………………………... Bank Hall (5) …………………………….. Street

In:

2. Listen to Pose talking toSteve about her day. What is Rose going to do at each time? (ket 3 test 2 part 2) ACTICITIES

TIMES 6. 10.00 a.m

A. art lesson

7. 11.00 a.m

ẠY

KÈ

10. 2.00 p.m

9. 1.00 p.m

8. 12.00 a.m

B. have luch C. help Steve D. meet Bill E. see doctor F. see teacher G. study H. swim

PART B:LANGUAGE FOCUS

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 1. You should ____________ information about a custom or tradition. A. finds

B. found

C. finding 46

D. find

2. A tradition is something we do that is special and ____________ down through the generations. A. to passed

B. is passed

C. passing

D. is passing

A. have to

B. are having

C. has to

FF IC IA L

3. In the UK, there are lots of customs for table manners. For example, we ____________ use a knife and fork at dinner. D. having to

4. In Viet Nam, you____________ use only the first name to address people older than you. B. must

A. should

C. shouldn’t

D. have to

A. However

5. At the Mid-Autumn Festival, kids can sing, dance, and enjoy moon-cakes ; ____________, every child likes it very much. B. Moreover

C. Because

D. Therefore

B. When

C. Nevertheless

A. While

6. ____________ spring comes, many Vietnamese villages prepare for a new festival season. D. However

B. ancestors

C. friends

A. relatives

7.People burn incense to show respect to their ____________ during Tet. D. neighbors

8.The Le Mat Festival ____________ the founding of the village. B. commemorates

C. performs

D.preserves

A. worships

A. Kinh

9.Which ethnic group has the largest population in Viet Nam? –“____________” B. Muong

C. Tay

D. Hmong

KÈ

A. the

10.The Lao is one of ……………… many Thai- speaking peoples. B. a

C. an

D. A and C

II. Give the correct form of the following verbs:

ẠY

1. Lang Lieu couldn’t buy any special food because he ( be)____________ very poor. ___________ dinner around a big dining table.

2. When I came, his family (have)

3. Children should(take)__________ things from adults with both hands. 4. She fancies (read)___________ books to the young children. 5.we (not finish)_____________________ our homework yet. 47

PART C:READING I. Read and complete the passage with words in the box. breakfast – study – at – learning – English

2…………..

3……………

4……………

1…………..

FF IC IA L

Tom is going to spend a year in China soon, he’ll ...(1)… Chinese language and History at the university, he’ll live in the university, he’ll share the room with a Chinese student. Days start very early so he’ll have to get up at about six o’clock, he’ll have …(2)… at about six thirty. His classes will be in both …(3)… and Chinese, and they’ll begin at seven thirty. Lunch is …(4)… twelve and then there’s a rest until three. He’ll continue …(5)… until six. After that he’ll come back his room in the university. He thinks it’ll be difficult for him but he likes the course. 5…………..

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage:

B. at

2. A. care

D. from

B. part

C. time

D. place

B. days of

C. day off

D. days off

B. three-weeks

C. three weeks

D. three week

C. going

D. is going

Q M

3. A. day of

C. on

1. A. in

Tim goes to junior high school in California. He is Hoa’s pen pal. His mother works ....(1)...home. She takes...(2)... of the family. Three mornings a week, she works parttime at a local supermarket. She and other women also cook lunch for homeless people once a week. His father works five days a week for about 40 hours. He has fewer...(3)...than his mother. His father has a...(4)...summer vacation. His family always ...(5)... to Florida on vacation.

KÈ

4. A. three- week 5. A. go

B. goes

III. Read the passage and answer these questions below.

ẠY

Yesterday when I was riding along a busy street, I saw an accident. A woman was knocked down when she crossed the street at a zebra crossing. Many people stopped to offer their help. A policeman arrived and asked a young man to telephone for an ambulance. While waiting for the ambulance, the policeman and some people tried to stop the bleeding. They used a handkerchief to cover the wound, then put pressure on it and held it tight. They tried to talk to her in order to keep her awake. After about ten minutes, the ambulance arrived and the woman was taken to the hospital. 48

A. Answer the following questions: 1. When did the accident happen? ............................................................................................................................................... 2. What did they do to stop the bleeding? 3. What did they try to talk to her for?

FF IC IA L

...............................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... B. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences: 1. ………..telephoned for an ambulance. B. a sudent

C. a young man

2. They tried to talk to her in order to ……………

C. keep her conscious

B. keep her awake.

D. a doctor

D. B &C are correct

A. stop the bleeding

A. a policeman

PART D: WRITING

1. we haven’t eaten this food since june.

I. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before:

-> The last time we…………………………………………………………………………

ẠY

KÈ

2. He doesn’t like getting up early on cold days. -> He hates ………………………………………………………………………………… 3. People are cutting rice now. ->Rice……………………………………………………………………………………... 4. He enjoys watching football matches.. -> He is interested………………………………………………………..……………………. 5. It is not necessay to set off early today . -Youdon’t …………………………………………………………………….…………… III. Make sentences using the words and phrases given: 1. would/you/ like / drink /cup /tea?

………………………………………………………………………………………………… 2. The students/ play /football/ ground /moment. ………………………………………………………………………………………………… 3. This tree / plant / myfarther / 2 years ago/./ 49

………………………………………………………………………………………………… 4. They/ already/ see/ that film/./ ………………………………………………………………………………………………… 5. He/ used / go/ picnic/ weekends/ last year/./

III. Rearrange the sentences using the following words: 1.with/They/their/out/friends/eat/love/to. ……………………………………………………. …………………………………………………….

2.often/to/does/come/How/boat/ the/the/ island?

FF IC IA L

…………………………………………………………………………………………………

3 The US//ethnic groups/over/a/is/with/multi-cultural/80

4.was/when/afairy/The/appeared/crying/girl.

……………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………..

ẠY

KÈ

5.person/afraid/not/is/anything/Brave/of.

ĐÁP ÁN PART A: LISTENING I. Listen to the passage and complete.

2. 37

3. 283 0065

4. South

II. Listen

10A

5. Trinity

FF IC IA L

1. 2nd

PART B: LANGUAGE FOCUS

3. A 8. B

1. was

2 .was having

II. Put the correct form of the verbs.

2. B 7. B

4. C 9. A

5. B 10. A

1. D 6. B

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

3. take 4. reading

5. hasn’t finished

PART C: READING

2. breakfast

4. at

KÈ

3. English

1. study

I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks:

ẠY

5. learning

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage. 2. A

3.D

4.A

5. B

1. B

III:

A.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 1. C

2. D 51

B. Answer the following questions 1.The accident / It happened yesterday. 2.They used a handkerchief to cover the wound, then put pressure on it and held it tight.

PART D. WRITING

FF IC IA L

3.They tried to talk to her in order to keep her awak

I. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before: 1.The last time we ate this kind of food was in june. 2.He hates getting up early on cold days 3.Rice is being cut now

4.He is interested in watching foot ball matches

5.You don’t have to set off early today

II.Make up sentences, using the words and phrases given. 1.Would you like a cup of tea ?

2.The students are playing football in the ground at the moment.

4.They’ve already seen that film.

3.This tree was planted by my father 2 years ago.

5.He used to go on a picnic at weekends last year.

IIIRearrange the sentences using the following words: 1.They love to eat out with their friends.

2.How often does the boat come to the island?

KÈ

3.The US is a multi-cultural country with over 80 ethnic groups. 4. The girl was crying when a fairy appeared.

ẠY

5.Brave person is not afraid of any thing. 07 ANH 8 HK1

PART A: LISTENING Part 1: You will hear a man asking about treatre tickets. Listen and complete (Ket 3 test 2 part 4) PLAYHOUSE THEATRE 52

The White Room

Time:

(1)

Afternoon show:

(2) The School

Time:

3 o’clock

Ticket prices

(3) £ 15 and £

All tickets £6 on:

(4)

Car park in:

(5)

FF IC IA L

Evening show:

Street

Part 2:You will hear some information about a health centre. Listen and complete (Ket 3 test 2 part 5)

MILL HOUSE HEALTH CENTRE

Phone

(7)

after:

(6)

Phone number (for appointments):

8 a.m

Opens again tomorrow at

(8)

Bus number

(9)

KÈ

Get medicines from:

ẠY

For accidents, go to

Chemist’s Shop

(10)

Hospital

PART B: LANGUAGE FOCUS

I.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 1. There’s a ________in our family that we have a party on New Year’s Eve. A. tradition

B. custom

C. legend

2. Tam is a beautiful girl; ________, she is kind- hearted. 53

D. belief

A. therefore

B. however

C. moreover

D. otherwise

3. In some areas, when you meet old people, you ________take off your hat to greet them and show your respect. B. shouldn’t

C. don’t have to

D. have to

4. The US is a ________country with over 80 ethnic groups. A. bi-lingual

B. multi-cultural

C. rich

FF IC IA L

A. should

D. ethnic

5. The volunteers have to work much ________usual to save the dying animals from the forest fire. A. as hard as

B. more hard than C. harder than

D. the hardest

A. What

B. Why

6. ________ethnic group has a larger population, the Tay or the Ede? C. Who

D. Which

B. for

C. with

A. in

7. She is famous________her intelligence. She designs many special styles for Ao dai. D. into

B. an

C. any

D. the

A. a

8. Among the ethnic minorities, ________Tay have the largest population.

9. People burn incense to show respect to their ________during Tet. B. ancestors

C. friends

D. neighbors

A. relatives

B. to hunt

A. hunted

10. My father sometimes goes ________in the forests. C. hunt

D. hunting

II. Supply the corect tense or form of the verb in parentheses:

KÈ

1. My mother always tells me that I have to (be) ____________ home by 9 p.m. 2. When I came, the whole family (have)

___________ dinner around a big dining table.

3, Do you fancy (socialise) ____________with friends?

ẠY

4, I (visit) ___________________Ha Long several times.

5, Peter wants (come) ____________________Hue Festival. PART C: READING

I.Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks: ancestors

worship

that 54

incense

unique

FF IC IA L

The Vietnamese have many (1) ________customs. They have a great respect for their families and (2) ________. Children obey their parents, and wives obey their husbands. Many people practise ancestor (3)________. They have shrines in their homes where they burn (4) ________for their deceased family members. They believe that they must treat their ancestors well or bad things could happen. If a special pet dies, a family might bury it as if it were one of the families. People, especially in the highlands, believe (5)________everything has a spirit. They respect and even workship things like trees, animals, clouds, and streams. Sacred animals of Viet Nam include dragons, turtles and more. 1__________2__________3__________4__________5__________

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage:

Rice is (1) _________by Vietnamese people everyday. It often (2) ________in tropical countries such as Viet Nam, Thailand or Malaysia. The Chinese have also been growing rice for (3) ________years. The seeds are planted in special beds to grow into young rice plants. Then they are taken to fields covered with muddy water called paddies. The fields of rice look very (4) _________. After 3 or 5 months, the rice is ready to be picked. People often drain away before collecting rice. Eating rice is a special action in the world. They don’t use spoons or folks to enjoy bowls of rice. (5) ________, they use two short sticks known as chopsticks to put rice into their mouths. China and Viet Nam are the four countries in which people use chopsticks very well.

2. A. grows

B. keeps

3. A. thousands 4. A. beauty

D. boiled

C. plants

D. stays

B. thousand

C. thousand of

D. thousands of

B. beautiful

C. beautifully

D. the beauty

C. Besides

D. Instead

B. Moreover

KÈ

5. A. However

C. eaten

B. taken

1. A.used

III. Read the following passage and do the tasks below:

ẠY

The meaning of Mid-Autumn Day is rather different to that in China, though the Vietnamese also celebrate it by eating mooncakes. In Viet Nam the Mid-Autumn Festival is the happiest day for children, during which parents buy their children various kinds of lanterns and snacks. There are also various activities held to celebrate the Mid-Autumn Festival in Viet Nam. The main activities include worshipping the God of Earth, and carrying carp-shaped lanterns. Usually a worshipping platform is set up in the yard during Mid-Autumn night, on which mooncakes, fruits, and snacks are laid. Later family members sit together to eat the food while appreciating the moon. It's also a tradition for the Vietnamese to light lanterns during the Mid-Autumn night. It is 55

thought that if people walk at night with a carp lantern in hand, they will be safe from the carp spirit. Now, children hold various kinds of paper lanterns and play in the moonlight, while eating mooncakes during the evening of Mid-Autumn Day. A. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences:

A. mooncakes

B. lanterns

FF IC IA L

1.Parents buy children all of these things EXCEPT _________. C. carps

D. snacks

2. The word "hold" can be replaced by _________. A. buy

B. carry

C. light

D. lay

B. Answer the questions:

1. Is Vietnamese Mid-Autumn festival different to that in China ?

……………………………………………………………………………

2. What are the main activities in Vietnamese Mid-Autumn Festival?

……………………………………………………………………………

3. Why do children carry a carp lantern?

…………………………………………………………………………… PART D: WRITING

I. Rearrange the sentences using the following words

1. all/ a computer/ problems/ Sitting/ in front of/ health/ day/ cause/ can/.

…………………………..…………………………..……………………

2. Reading/ young children/ tales/ fairy/ be/ very/ beneficial/ can/ to/.

KÈ

…………………………..…………………………..…………………… 3. village/ has/ The/ electricity/ now/. …………………………..…………………………..……………………

ẠY

4. Among/ Tay/ the/ ethnic minorities,/ have/ the/ population/ largest/ the/.

…………………………..…………………………..…………………… 5. Five-coloured/ rice/ is/ sticky/ a/ dish/ traditional/. …………………………..…………………………..…………………… II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before: 1. Jenny finds reading poetry boring 56

-> Jenny dislikes ………………………………………………………. 2. It is raining; therefore, we won’t have to practise today. -> Because………………………………………………………………. 3. I’m obliged to finish the letter before midday.

4. Trung drives faster than his brother.

FF IC IA L

-> I have ………………………………………………………………… -> Trung’s brother doesn’t……………………………………………… 5. People use the different cutlery to eat the main course and the desert.

-> The different cutlery………………………………………………….

III. Make sentences using the words and phrases given: 1. You/shouldn’t/point/prongs/fork/upwards/during/meal.

…………………………..…………………………..…………………… 2. Hung Kings Temple Festival/ be/ public holiday/ Viet Nam/ since 2007.

…………………………..…………………………..……………………

3. In/ country,/ life/ be/ slower/ peaceful/ in/city.

…………………………..…………………………..……………………

4. What/ be/ you/ and/ friends/ do/ 4 p.m/ yesterday afternoon?

…………………………..…………………………..…………………… 5. They/be/ fond/ do/ garden/ Sundays.

ẠY

KÈ

…………………………..…………………………..……………………

ĐÁP ÁN PART A. LISTENING Part 1: You will hear a man asking about treatre tickets. Listen and complete (Ket 3 test 2 part 4) 2. bus

3. 12.50

4. Monday

5. Stuart

FF IC IA L

1. 7.30 p.m (19.00)

7. 8.30 a.m

8. Padley(‘)s

9. 77

10. University

6. 793220

Part 2:You will hear some information about a health centre. Listen and complete (Ket 3 test 2 part 5)

PART B: LANGUAGE FOCUS

6. D

7. B

3. A

4. B

5. C

2. C

9. B

10. D

8. D

1.A

I.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences:

II. Supply the corect tense or form of the verb in parentheses: 2. was having

KÈ

1.be

3. socialising

4. have visited

5. to come

PART C: READING

I.Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks:

ẠY

1.unique

2. ancestors

3. worship

4. incense

5. that

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage: 1. C

2. A

3. D

4. B

III. Read the following passage and do the tasks below: A. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 58

5. A

1. C

2. B

B. Answer the questions: 1. Yes/ Yes, it is.

FF IC IA L

2. (The main activities in Vietnamese Mid-Autumn Festival/ they are) worshipping the God of Earth and carrying carp-sharped lanterns. 3. Because they will be safe from the carp spirit/ they want to save the carp spirit. PART D: WRITING II. Rearrange the sentences using the following words

1. Sitting in front of a computer all day can cause health problems.

2. Reading fairy tales to young children can be very beneficial. 3. The village has electricity now.

5. Five-coloured sticky rice is a traditional dish.

4. Among the ethnic minorities, the Tay have the largest population.

1. Jenny dislikes reading poetry.

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before:

2. Because it is raining, we won’t have to practise today.

3. I have to finish the letter before midday.

4. Trung’s brother doesn’t drive as fast as him/ Trung/ he does. 5. The different cutlery is used to eat the main course and the desert.

III. Make sentences using the words and phrases given:

KÈ

1. You shouldn’t point the prongs of the fork upwards during the meal. 2. Hung Kings Temple Festival has been a public holiday in Viet Nam since 2007.

ẠY

3. In the country, life is slower and much more peaceful than in the city. 4. What were you and your friends doing at 4 p.m yesterday afternoon?

5. They are fond of doing gardening on Sundays.

08 ANH 8 HK1 PART A: LISTENING I. Listen to a boy talking about changes in his village and say if the sentences are True (T) or False (F). (Skills 2 – Unit 2) T

FF IC IA L

Statements 1.Nobody lives in an earthen house now. 2.The village has electricity now.

3.Horses are still the only means of transport in the village.

4.The children used to go a long way to school.

5.More visitors are coming to see them.

II. Listen to the passage and choose the correct answer. You will listen TWICE. (Review 1 – listening) Life in the English countryside

1. According to a recent survey by Country Life magazine, about 80 percent of Britain’s ____________ dream of living in the countryside. B.Pollution

A. population

2. In fact the countryside of England today shows the wealth of landowners and those who can afford to escape the ____________ and ____________ city life.

KÈ

A.dirty – noisy

B.busy- noisy

ẠY

3. In fact the countryside of England today shows the wealth of landowners and those who can afford to escape the ____________

3. Maggie, who lives in North Yorkshire, says: “ Village life is ____________ and safe for the kids. A. wonderful

B. beautiful

4.People in the English ____________ use private transport more, and the environment hasn’t been spoilt much. A. country

B. countryside 60

PART B: LANGUAGE FOCUS I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 1. You should ____________ information about a custom or tradition. A. finds

B. found

C. finding

D. find

A. cycled

B. to cycle

C. cycle

FF IC IA L

2. We reach the house after____________ for almost an hour.

D. cycling

3. In the UK, there are lots of customs for table manners. For example, we ____________ use a knife and fork at dinner. A. have to

B. are having

C. has to

D. having to

B. must

C. shouldn’t

D. have to

A. should

4. In Viet Nam, you____________ use only the first name to address people older than you.

B. moreover

C. because

D. therefore

A. however

5. Lac Long Quan missed his life in the sea; ____________, he took 50 sons back there.

A. While

6. ____________ spring comes, many Vietnamese villages prepare for a new festival season. B. When

C. Nevertheless

D. However

B. ancestors

A. relatives

7.People burn incense to show respect to their ____________ during Tet. C. friends

D. neighbors

B. commemorates

C. performs

D.preserves

A. worships

8.The Le Mat Festival ____________ the founding of the village.

KÈ

9.My dad doesn’t mind___________my mom from work every day. A. pick up

B. picked up

C. picking up

D. picks up

10. I love the people in my village. They are so___________and hospitable.

ẠY

A. friendly

B. vast

C. slow

D. inconvenient

II. Supply the corect tense or form of the verb in parentheses: 1.There (be)____________ conflicts in that country since last year. 2. The children used to (go) ___________ a long way to school.

3. They (live)_________ a nomadic life for six years. 4.The Hmong boys like ( play)___________ the game “danh quay” in spring. 5.Children should (take)

_________ things from adults with both hands.

FF IC IA L

PART C: READING I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks:

worship – traditional – therefore – celebrate - However

Tet is the biggest festival in Vietnam. To (1) ___________Tet, Vietnamese people make many tasty (2) ___________foods. The most important food includes Chung cakes, sausages, boiled chicken, spring rolls, and sticky rice. Chung cake is made of sticky rice, pork, green beans, and other spices, wrapped in green leaves; (3) ___________, this cake needs a lot of preparation. This cake can be kept for a long time, even though the weather is often humid during Tet. Other significant foods that cannot be missed to (4) ___________the ancestors are sausages, spring rolls, and sticky rice. Because sausages are difficult to make, people often buy them from famous suppliers. (5) ___________sticky rice and spring rolls are easier to prepare and must be served immediately after they are cooked, so they are often made at home.

1__________2__________3__________4__________5__________

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage:

ẠY

KÈ

Spring is a time when there are many festivals in our country. Among them, Hoa Ban Festival is the most beautiful and interesting, and it takes place in Lai Chau. It is typical of the (1) ___________life of the Thai people. In the second lunar month of the year, when it (2) ___________warmer and hoa ban - a kind of beautiful flower in the northwest mountainous area -blossoms, Hoa Ban Festival is (3) ___________This is a great time for everyone, (4) ___________for boys and girls. The boy picks the most beautiful flower and gives it to his girlfriend. This is not only a time for love but also for the Thai people to (5) ___________for good crops, for happiness, and express their special thanks to the Gods and ancestors. The festival is always full of songs and prayers. 1. A. festival

B. custom

2. A. runs

B. gets 62

C. minor

D. cultural

C. comes

D. goes

3. A. seen

B. arranged

C. celebrated

D. observed

4. A. typically

B. especially

C.generally

D.largely

5. A. call

B. look

C. pray

D.ask

III. Read the following passage and do the tasks below:

FF IC IA L

I live in a village by Mekong River. Every day, like most of my friends, I walk to school. It is three kilometers away. After class, I often help my mother to collect water from the river and feed the chickens. At the weekend, the villagers often gather at the community hall where there is a TV. The adults watch TV, but more often they talk about their farm work and exchange news. The children run around, playing games and shouting merrily. Laughter is heard everywhere.

My father sometimes takes me to the market town nearby where he sells our home products like vegetables, fruits, eggs… He then buys me an ice cream and lets me take a ride on the electric train in the town square. I love those trips.

On starry nights, children lie on the grass, looking at the sky and daring each other to find the Milky Way. We dream of faraway places.

A. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences:

1. The boy often helps his parents ____________.

A. to collect water from the village well

D. to feed the chickens

C. to collect eggs from the chicken shed

B. to sell the vegetables

A. every day.

2. The villagers gather at the community hall ____________. B. once a month

C.only when there is an important event

D. at the weekend

KÈ

B. Answer the questions: 1. Where does the boy live?

ẠY

…………………………..…………………………..………………………….. 2. Does the boy like riding on the electric train in the town square?

…………………………..…………………………..………………………….. 3. What does his father sell ? …………………………..…………………………..………………………….. PART D: WRITING 63

I.Rearrange the sentences using the following words: 1.Thanks/technology/,/now/can/for/preserve/our/to/ culture/ future/we/ generations/./ 2.At / pagoda/,/ we /Buddha/worship/ tray/ Huong/ of /a/fruit/ offer/ to/him/./

FF IC IA L

3.In /Japan/,/ to/your/the /remember/ shoes/at/entrance/to/take off/all/ homes/,/businesses/and/hotels/most/./

4.Vietnamese/ plan/ activities/ families/ around/ their/children/ on/ many/their/ special/ days/./ 5.At/children/ have/ to/,/Easter/independent/be/and/look/themselves/after/./

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before:

1. It's a pity, he doesn't take the doctor's advice

-> I wish he…………………………………………………………………

2. I adore listening to music every day. ->I enjoy …………………………………………………………………… 3. The red car is more expensive than the black one. ->The black car …………………………………………………………… 4. No one in my group is more intelligent than Long. -> Long …………………………………………………………..…….. 5. Son Tung M-TP performs the song “Chung ta khong thuoc ve nhau” very beautifully. ->The song “Chung ta khong thuoc ve nhau”…………………………………………

III. Make sentences using the words and phrases given: 1. My brother/ love / cook /./

…………………………..…………………………..…………………………………

KÈ

2. Reading / fairy tales / young children/ can /be /beneficial /./ …………………………..…………………………..…………………………………

ẠY

3. The Hung King Temple Festival / be / a pulic holiday/ Viet Nam /since 2007 /./ …………………………..…………………………..………………………………....

4. Hung King Temple Festival/significant/ festival / Viet Nam /./ …………………………..…………………………..…………………………………. 5.We/ have /dinner /when / telephone / ring/./ …………………………..…………………………..……………………………….... 64

ĐÁP ÁN PART A. LISTENING

1.F

2.T

3.F

4.T

5.T

II. Listen and complete the sentences. 1. population

2. Busy- noisy

3. wonderful

FF IC IA L

I. Listen to a boy talking about changes in his village and say if the sentences are True (T) or False (F).

4. countryside

PART B. LANGUAGE FOCUS

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 3.A 8.B

4.C 9.C.

II. Put the correct form of the verbs. 2. go

3. have lived

4. playing/ to play

1. have been

5.D 10.A

2.D 7.B

1.D 6.B

5.take

PART C. READING

I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks: 2. traditional

3. therefore

4. worship

1.celebrate

5. However

2. B

3.C

4.B

1.D

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage. 5.C

III. Read the passage and do the tasks bellow.

KÈ

A. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 1. D

2. D

B. Answer the questions:

ẠY

1. (He lives) in a village by Mekong River. 2. Yes, he does./Yes.

3. He sells their home products like vegetables, fruits, eggs. PART D. WRITING

I.Rearrange the sentences using the following words: 1.Thanks to technology, we can now preserve our culture for future generations. 65

2. At Huong pagoda, we offer Buddha a tray of fruit to worship him. 3. In Japan, remember to take off your shoes at the entrance to all homes, most businesses and hotels. 4. Vietnamese families plan their activities around their children on many special days.

FF IC IA L

5. At Easter, children have to be independent and look after themselves.

II. Rewrite the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one. 1. I wish he took the doctor's advice . 2. I enjoy listening to music every day. 3. The black car is not as expensive as the red car.

Or The black car is cheaper than the red car. 4. Long is the most intelligent in my group.

5. The song “Chung ta khong thuoc ve nhau” is performed very beautifully by Son Tung MTP.

III. Make up sentences, using the words and phrases given. 1. My brother loves cooking. 2. Reading fairy tales to young children can be (very) beneficial. 3. The Hung King Temple Festival has been a public holiday in Viet Nam since 2007. 4. The Hung King Temple Festival is a significant festival of Viet Nam . 5. We were having dinner when the telephone rang.

ẠY

KÈ

____________THE END___________

09 ANH 8 HK1 PART A: LISTENING

FF IC IA L

1. Listen to the tooth fairy customs in Spain and in Viet Nam. Decide if the statements are true (T) or false (F). Circle T or F. You will listen TWICE.

2. Vietnamese children make a wish related to the mouse when they toss T their teeth.

3. The lost tooth will be thrown onto the roof in Spain.

1. According to Vietnamese people, a lost tooth will be replaced by a gift.

4. The lost tooth can be found under the pillow according to the Vietnamese custom.

5. A mouse is involved in the custom of both countries.

2. Listen to Amy talking about the custom of drinking tea around the world. Match the country with its information. You will listen TWICE.

A. Chai is the national drink here.

2. India

B. Matcha is a ceremony here.

3. Japan

C. People here drink coffee in the mornings and tea in the evenings.

KÈ

1. Morocco

D. This country have to import tea from others.

5. USA

E. Mint tea is the heart of the culture.

PART B: LANGUAGE FOCUS

ẠY

4. New Zealand

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 1. While I………the performance, I met one of my old friends. A. watched

B. was watching

C. watch 67

D. am watching

2. You should buy the blue sweater. It suits you …….than the red one. A. good

B. well

C. better

D. the best

3. Tet is an occasion for family ……….in Viet Nam. A. visitings

B. meetings

C. reunions

D. seeings

A. relatives

B. ancestors

FF IC IA L

4. People burn incense to show respect to their ……… during Tet. C. friends

D. neighbours

5. Saint Giong was unable to talk, smile, or walk ………. he was three years old. A. If

B. because

C. while

D. even though

6. He was wearing shorts, …………he was not allowed to go into the temple. B. so

C. or

A. and

D. but

B. when

C. while

A. although

7. Lang Lieu couldn’t buy any special food………he was very poor. D. because

B.on

A. down

8. A tradition is something we do that is special and is passed …….. through the generations. C. up

D. with

9. ………of your two sisters is studying in Australia ? B. How

C. What

D. Which

A. Who

10. She is bad and always wants to hurt people. She is ………... A.evil

B.harmful

C.moral

D. kind

II. Supply the corect tense or form of the verb in parentheses:

KÈ

1. He (learn)………………………….English since he was ten. 2. She fell asleep when she (read)………………………….books.

ẠY

3. This bridge (finish)…………………………..……next month. 4. Her son (not/visit)…………………………….…her very often.

5. You should (respect) ……………………………. old people. PART C: READING

I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks: 68

celebrated

from

offerings

houses

preparations

FF IC IA L

Viet Nam’s New Year is(1).........according to the Lunar calendar. It’s officially known as Tet Nguyen Đan or Tet. It begins between January twenty-first and February nineteenth. The exact date changes (2)……year to year. Vietnamese people usually make (3) ………for the holiday several weeks beforehand They tidy their (4) ……......,cook special food, clean and make (5)….. on the family altars. On the New Year’ Eve, people sit up to midnight to see the New Year coming up, then they put on new clothes and give one another the greetings of the season. 1__________2__________3__________4__________5__________

II.Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage:

C.in

D.on

B.put

C.find

D.go

KÈ

2.A.stay

B.of

1.A.for

Hi Nick, Great to receive your email. Because you'll be here soon, I'd like to share with you my family customs and traditions. Well, we have the custom (1) ______ spending Saturdays together. You may ask why not Sundays. It’s simply because my mum works on Sundays. On Saturdays, we always (2) ______ out. Sometimes we visit our grandparents in Vung Tau. Sometimes we go on a (3) ______ in the park or a nearby beauty spot. You asked me about the Tet holiday, right? There’s a (4) _______ that we make tet cake and cook braised pork and eggs (thit kho trung). Tet cake is similar to chung cake in Ha Noi, but it’s long, not square. Braised pork and eggs is our traditional (5) ______ for Tet. It’s so delicious! When you come here, my mum will cook it for you. What about your family? Share with me the customs and traditions you follow. Cheers, Ha

B.picnic

C.camp

D.day

4.A.tradition

B.customs

C.thing

D.regulation

B.taste

C.dish

D.jam

ẠY

3.A.trip

5.A.thing

III. Read the following passage and do the tasks below: Tet holiday is celebrated on the first day of the Lunar New Year in Viet Nam. Some weeks before the New Year, the Vietnamese clean their houses and paint the walls. New clothes are bought for the occasion. One or two days before the festival, people make Banh Chung, which is the traditional cake, and kinds of jam. On the new Year’s Eve, the whole family get together 69

for a reunion dinner. Every member of the family should be present during the dinner in which many different kinds of dishes are served. On the New Year morning, the young member of the family pay their respects to the elders. And the children receive lucky money wrapped in red tiny envelops. Then people go to visit their neighbors, friends and relatives.

FF IC IA L

A. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 1. How many kinds of dishes are served in the reunion dinner ? A. few

B. some

C. a lot

D. many

2. The children receive lucky money wrapped in ………………. tiny envelops. A. black

B. blue

C. red

D. yellow

B. Answer the questions:

1. Is Tet holiday celebrated on the second day of the Lunar New Year in Viet Nam?

- ……………………………………………………………………….………………………

2. What do the Vietnamese often do some weeks before the New Year?

-……………………………………………………………………..……………………… 3. Who do people often visit on Tet holiday?

- ……………………………………………………………………….………………………

PART D: WRITING

I.Rearrange the sentences using the following words:

1.The / took/ Buffalo-fighting / Festival / last/ place / in/ Do Son / Saturday/. /

…………………………………………………………………………………………………. 2. the/ prince/ forehead/ saw/ When/ Sleeping Beauty, /he / kissed / on / her/ the /. /

KÈ

………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 3.Cinderella/ her/was/ living/ with / family/ happily/mother/ when/ her/ died/./

ẠY

………………………………………………………………………………………………….. .

4.the/ heritage / of/ cultural/ ethnic/ peoples/ the/ in /Viet Nam/ very/ rich/ is/./ ………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 5.can/ speak/ my/ English/ most/ Ba / the/ fluently/ in / class. ………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 70

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before: 1. People speak English over the world. - English .……………………………………………………………………………………… 2. The tortoise was running. The hare was sleeping.

FF IC IA L

- While the hare…………………………………………………………………………… 3. Hung adores playing football with his friends when he has free time.

- Hung is …………………………………………………………………………………….. 4.The Glastonbury Festival is loud and wild; however, you should not miss this exciting music festival.

- Although…………………………………………………………………………………….. 5. My brother started to learn English when he was small.

- My brother has……………………………………………………………………………….

III. Make sentences using the words and phrases given:

1.Reading/ fairy tales/ young children/ can/ be/ beneficial.

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

2.Through/ fairy tales/ children/ learn/ moral/ lesson/ and/ develop/ imagination.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………

3.This/ also/ help/ them/ develop/ language/ especially/ vocabulary. …………………………………………………………………………………………………

4.In addition/ this/ strengthen/ problem solving/ skill/ through/ different/ situation.

KÈ

…………………………………………………………………………………. 5.In short/ parent/ should/ read/ fairy tales/ children/ because/ it/ bring about/ lot/ benefit. ĐÁP ÁN PART A. LISTENING

ẠY

…………………………..…………………………..………………………………....

1. Listen to the tooth fairy customs in Spain and in Viet Nam. Decide if the statements are true (T) or false (F). Circle T or F. You will listen TWICE. 1. F 2. T 3. F 4. F 5. T 71

2. Listen to Amy talking about the custom of drinking tea around the world. Match the country with its information. You will listen TWICE. 1. E 2. A 3. B 4. D 5. C PART B. LANGUAGE FOCUS

FF IC IA L

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 1. B

2. C

3. C

4. B

5. D

6. B

7. D

8. A

9. D

10. A

II. Put the correct form of the verbs. 1. has learnt/has learned 2. was reading 3. will be finished

4. doesn’t visit

5. respect

PART C. READING

2. from

3. preparations

1. celebrated

I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks: 4. houses

5. offerings

2. D

3. B

1. B

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage. 4. A

5. C

III. Read the passage and do the tasks bellow.

2. C

1. D

A.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences:

B. Answer the questions:

1. No./ No, it isn’t.

KÈ

2. (Some weeks before the New Year,)The Vietnamese/ They clean their housesk, paint the walls and new clothes are bought for the occasion. Or They clean their houses, paint the walls and buy new clothes.

ẠY

2. (They/ People often go to visit ) their neighbors, friends and relatives.

3. Or They often visit their neighbors, friends and relatives. PART D. WRITING

I.Rearrange the sentences using the following words: 1.The Buffalo-fighting Festival took place in Do Son last Saturday. 2. When the prince saw the Sleeping Beauty, he kissed on her forehead. 72

3. Cinderella was living with her family happily . 4. The cultural heritage of ethnic peoples in Viet Nam is very rich. 5. Ba can speak English the most fluently in my class.

1. English is spoken over the world. 2. While the hare was sleeping, the tortoise was running.

FF IC IA L

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before:

3. Hung is interested in/ fond of/ hooked on/ keen on playing football with his friends when he has free time.

4. Although the Glastonbury Festival is loud and wild, you should not miss this exciting music festival. 5. My brother has learnt/has learned English since he was small.

III. Make sentences using the words and phrases given:

1. Reading fairy tales to young children can be very beneficial.

2. Through fairy tales, children can learn moral lessons and develop their imagination.

3. This also helps them to develop their language, especially their vocabulary. 4. In addition, this strengthens their problem-solving skills through different situations.

áş Y

KĂ&#x2C6;

5. In short, parents should read fairy tales to their children because it brings about a lot of benefits.

10 ANH 8 HK1 PART A: LISTENING

FF IC IA L

1. Listen to a conversation and match Nam's hobbies and leisure activities with different stages in his life. You will listen TWICE.

Hobbies/Leisure activities

1. childhood

A. volunteering

2. primary school

B. playing with toys

3. secondary school

C. playing tennis

4. university

D. reading comics

5. marriage

E. hanging out with classmates

Stages of life

2. Listen to a talk about teenagers and technology. Fill each of the gaps with no more than TWO words. You will listen TWICE.

1. Nowadays teenagers can be called a ____________. 2. Teenagers like __________ friends on the Internet.

KÈ

3. Teenagers can _______ what time to do something. 4. Playing computer games makes teenagers __________ less on their lessons in class. The parents of these teenagers are finding ways to ______ their children’s interest in technology.

ẠY

PART B: LANGUAGE FOCUS

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C, or D to complete the sentences: 1. Would you like to go ……………..a walk……………..the park this afternoon? A. to – at

B. for – at

C. to- in 74

D. for- in

2. My family ……………..the traditions of cooking sticky rice on the first day of a lunar month. A. discovers

B. allows

C. follows

D. advises

3. Life in a small town is ……………………… than that in a big city. B. much peaceful C. less peaceful

D. much more peaceful

FF IC IA L

A. peaceful

4. He hopes he……………..at the sea at this time next week. A. is

B. will be

C. would be

D. was

5. When having meals with a British family, you should not chew with your……………..open. B. eyes

C. finger

A. hand

D. mouth

6. You……………..use your mobile phone on the plane.

C. have to

B. mustn’t

A. must

D. don’t have to

B. traditional

C. material

D. practical

B. physical

7. The xoe dance is a……………..dance of the Thai people.

B. and

8. You can go to the festival……………..you can stay home. B. so

C. or

D. but

A. What

9. ……………..nice weather today! B. How

C. That

B. although

C. if

D. Which

D. therefore

A. however

10. Mr. Smith was busy;……………..he spent the whole day with his children yesterday.

KÈ

II. Supply the correct tense or form of the verbs in parentheses: 1. Thirty years ago, we (not/ have)…………………….…….. mobile phones.

ẠY

2. I (already/ read)…………………..……… that book about volcanoes. It’s amazing to know how they are formed. 3. Susan did not interrupt Jim because he (talk)………………..…….. to the teacher.

4. Are you interested in (ride)…………………………..…. a horse? 5. You have (finish)………………..……. your work before having a day off. PART C: READING I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks: 75

kilograms

monkeys

dances believe

Monkey Buffet Festival

FF IC IA L

The Monkey Buffet Festival is one of the strangest festivals in the world. Set up in 1989 (1)………... a local businessman, it is now held annually in order to boost tourism in the Lopburi province. It is held for the benefit of (2)………...Thousands of (3)…………... of fruits, vegetables, cakes, and candies are placed on the tables for about 3000 monkeys in the area. The locals (4)…………….. that monkeys bring them good fortune. This festival also hosts plenty of activities: music and (5)……………… with monkeys, display with monkey costumes… 1………………2…….…………3………..………4………………..5………..…….

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage:

Viet Nam is a multi- cultural country with 54 ethnic groups living together. The Viet (or Kinh) people account (1)…………. about 87% of the country’s population. They (2)……… inhabit the low land and deltas. The other 53 ethnic minority groups (3)…………. scattered over mountainous areas, from the North to the South. The ethnic groups in Viet Nam (4)…………. different languages, yet they live close to each other. (5)…………... they are involved in cultural exchange, they keep retaining the identity of their own culture. B. in

C. for

D. about

7. A. mainly

B. primarily

C. wholly

D. particularly

8. A. is

B. are

9. A. say

B. talk

6. A. at

D. be

C. tell

D. speak

C. If

D. Despite

C. was

10. A. Although B. Because

III. Read the following passage to do the tasks below:

ẠY

KÈ

The Hue Festival is a cultural event celebrated every two years in order to honour Hue Cultural Heritages as well as Viet Nam’s national identity. In 2000, this event got its official name “Hue Festival” as today. In this special event, a wide variety of traditional activities are held, such as kites playing, human chess… Performances of dances and fireworks are included. The festival aims at promoting several kinds of arts as well, with the participation of over 40 art companies from Viet Nam and foreign countries. From all over the world, thousands of artists gather in Hue and demonstrate their talents throughout the city. A. Choose the best answer: 1. There are… activities at this event. A. few

B. some

C. no 76

D. a lot of

2. This festival is held…………….. A. every year

B. every two years

C. once every three years D. twice every year

B. Answer the questions: 1. What is the Hue Festival celebrated for?

2. When did this event get its name as today?

FF IC IA L

…………………………………………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………………………………….…. 3. Can art companies from foreign countries take part in this event?

………………………………………………………………………………………

PART D: WRITING

I. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before: 1. You are not allowed to leave the room without permission.

You mustn’t………………………………………….…………………………………..

2. It rained heavily, so the main part of the festival was delayed for an hour.

Because………………………………………….……………………………………….

3. I was travelling along Yen Stream. I took a lot of photos.

While………………………………………………………..…………………………..

4. Minh really loves to hang out with friends. Minh really enjoys............................................................................................................

5. Mr. Lam was busy; however, he helped me a lot.

KÈ

Although Mr. Lam was busy,…………………………….…………………………….. II. Make sentences using the given words and phrases given:

ẠY

1. My family/ have/ custom/ eat/ dinner/ 7 p.m/ everyday/./ ………………………………………………………………………………………………

2. You/ not/ have/ tip/ this country/./ ……………………………………………………………………………………………… 3. The xoe dance/ be/ tradition/ Thai people/./ ………………………………………………………………………………..…………….. 77

4. Tet/ be/ most important/ festival/ Viet Nam/./ …………………………………………………………………………………..…………. 5. While/the boy/ walking/ along the street/ met/ accident/./ …………………..………………………………………………..………………………….

FF IC IA L

III. Write a short paragraph (60- 80 words) about a festival you have joined or you know. You can use the clue questions: 1. What is the name of the festival? 2. Where and when does it take place? 3. What are the activities?

4. How is the atmosphere there? 5. How are the people?

6. What do you like most?

7. How do you feel?

THE END

ĐÁP ÁN

PART A: LISTENING

1. B 2. D 3. E 4. A 5. C

1. Listen to a conversation and match Nam's hobbies and leisure activities with different stages in his life. You will listen TWICE.

KÈ

2. Listen to a talk about teenagers and technology. Fill each of the gaps with no more than TWO words. You will listen TWICE. 1. 'technology' generation 2. making 3. forget 4. concentrate 5. reduce PART B: LANGUAGE FOCUS

ẠY

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 1. D

2. C

3. D

4. B

5.D

6. B

7. B

8. C

9. A

10.A

II. Supply the correct form of the verbs in parentheses: 1. did not have/ didn’t have 4. riding

2. have already read 5. to finish 78

3. was talking

PART C: READING I. Read the passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks: 1. by

2. monkeys

3. kilograms

4. believe

5. dances

II. Choose the correct words A, B, C, or D for each gap to complete the following passage: 2. A

3. B

4. D

5. A

FF IC IA L

1. C

III. Read the following passage to do the tasks below: A. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D: 1. D

2. B

B. Answer the questions:

1. (It is celebrated) to honour Hue Cultural Heritages as well as Viet Nam’s national identity.

2. (This event/ It got its name as today) in 2000.

3. Yes. / Yes, they can.

PART D: WRITING

I. Rewrite the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one:

1.……………..leave the room without permission.

2. ……………..it rained heavily, the main part of the festival was delayed for an hour.

3. ……………..I was travelling along Yen Stream, I took a lot of photos.

4. ……………..hanging out with friends. 5. ……………..he helped me a lot.

II. Complete the second sentences so that it means the same as the sentence before:

KÈ

1. My family has a custom of eating dinner at 7 p.m every day. 2. You do not have to tip in this country.

ẠY

3. The xoe dance is a tradition of the Thai people. 4. Tet is the most important festival in Viet Nam.

5. While the boy was walking along the street, he met an accident. III. Write a short paragraph (60- 80 words) about a festival you have joined or you know (students’ answer) The end 79

11 ANH 8 HK1 PART A: LISTENING

Source of noise

Organization

Commercial activities

local council

Transportation activities

2. ________ control

Public events

national entertainment

Military vessels

navy department

Residential areas

5. ________ police

FF IC IA L

1. Listen to the announcement. Fill each of the gaps with the ONE word and/or a number. You will listen TWICE.

Phone number 1. ________ 131454

3. ________

133666

4. ________

2. Listen to a conversation between two friends. Decide if the statements are true (T) or false (F). Circle T or F. You will listen TWICE.

2. Toronto is a multi-cultural city.

1. Mike wants to go to Canada for holiday.

4. Toronto people are slow paced.

5. Montreal has a light French-Canadian influence.

ẠY

KÈ

3. Mike has been to all three cities.

PART B: LANGUAGE FOCUS

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 1. In 2010, Ha Noi __________ its 1,000th anniversary. A.celebrated

B.commemorated

C.worshipped

D.remembered

2. The __________ of quan ho singing has been recognised as a world heritage. A.preservation

B.procession

C.performance 80

D.song

3.Tet is an occasion for family __________ in Viet Nam. A.visitings

B.meetings

C.reunions

D.seeings

4. People burn incense to show respect to their __________ during Tet. A.relatives

B.ancestors

C.friends

A. more careful

B. more careless

C. more carefully

FF IC IA L

5. City drivers have to drive___________than country ones.

D. more carelessly

6. Most ethnic minorities live in____________areas. A. mountainous

B. rural

C. urban

D.neighbours

D. modern

7.___________the weather is bad , farmers still work on their fields. B. Although

C. Because of

D. However

A. In spite of

A. has clean

B. have cleaned

8.The workers_________the windows for several hours. C. cleaned

B. J4F

C. NUFF

A.WBU

9.”Do you love it?” can be abbreviated:

D. bored

D. DYLI

B. Moreover

C. While

D. If

A. Therefore

10.Tet is a long holiday.___________, it is the largest festival in Vietnam.

II. Supply the correct tense or form of the verb in parentheses:

1.My mother often ( make) important decisions in my family. →…………………………………………………………….

2.My house (repair) in 2009.

KÈ

→…………………………………………………………… 3.I am looking forward to (see) my parents.

ẠY

→……………………………………………………………. Australia, you mustn’t (comment) on a person’s accent.

→……………………………………………………………. 5.While Mary ( play) basketball in the park, she fell over. →…………………………………………………………… PART C: READING 81

4. In

I.Read the following passage and put a suitable word in each of the number blanks: animals - of

- island

beach -

biggest

FF IC IA L

Phu Quoc is newly known as the (1)_______ tourism (2)______in Vietnam with the peaceful white sand (3)_______from North to South along with the 99 mountains and hills and plentiful plants and (4)_____. Being compared to the sunshine heaven, Phu Quoc is always the perfect destination for the people who love discovering and experiencing the dreaming beauty (5)_______the nature. 1___________2____________3____________4___________5_________

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage: Mid-Autumn Festival

There are hundreds of festivals in Vietnam each year. (1)_____ Tet holiday, the MidAutumn festival is one of the most famous festivals and it is a traditional celebration for Vietnamese (2)_______.

The Mid-Autumn festival is (3)________on the 15th day on the 8th lunar month(often in late September or early October) in the middle of (4)_______and it is celebrated for a whole day. On this day, the adults and the parents prepare a special cake called moon cake along with many candies, jellies, grapefruit, bananas, apples, etc. The Mid-Autunm celebration is an opportunity for (5)________members to reunite. Young people express their gratitude to the elderly. B. Therefore

C. Besides

D. So

2. A. children

B. child

C. girls

D. boys

3. A. held

B. remember

C. hold

D. celebrate

C. summer

D. winter

C. school

D. family

B. autumn

KÈ

4. A. spring

1. A. The

5. A. royal

B. club

III. Read the following passage and do the tasks below:

ẠY

Tet holiday is celebrated on the first day of the Lunar New Year in Viet Nam. Some weeks before the New Year, the Vietnamese clean their houses and paint the walls. New clothes are bought for the occasion. One or two days before the festival, people make Banh Chung, which is the traditional cake, and kinds of jam. On the new Year’s Eve, the whole family get together for a reunion dinner. Every member of the family should be present during the dinner in which many different kinds of dishes are served. On the New Year morning, the young member of the family pay their respects to the elders. And the children receive lucky money wrapped in red tiny envelops. Then people go to visit their neighbors, friends and relatives. 82

A. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 1. How many kinds of dishes are served in the reunion dinner ? A. 2

B. some

C. 7

D. many

2. The children receive lucky money wrapped in ………………. tiny envelops. B. blue

C. red

D. yellow

FF IC IA L

A. black

B. Answer the questions:

1. Is Tet holiday celebrated on the second day of the Lunar New Year in Viet Nam? - ……………………………………………………………………….…………… 2. What do the Vietnamese often do some weeks before the New Year?

-……………………………………………………………………..…………… 3. Who do people often visit on Tet holiday?

PART D: WRITING

- ……………………………………………………………………….……………

I. Complete the second sentence sothat it means the same as the sentence before:

1.Nam doesn’t live with his parents any more.

→Nam used ………………………………………..

2. It’s a good idea to wear a warm coat.

→You should………………………………………….. 3. Noone in my group is more intelligent than Mary.

→Mary…………………………………………………..

KÈ

4. He doesn’t like going out on cold days. →He detests………………………………………………

ẠY

5.They will build a new building near here. →A new building…………………………………………….

II.Rearrange the sentences using the following words: 1.The / took/ Buffalo-fighting / Festival / last/ place / in/ Do Son / Saturday/. / …………………………………………………………………………………… 2. the/ prince/ forehead/ saw/ When/ Sleeping Beauty, /he / kissed / on / her/ the /. / 83

…………………………………………………………………………………… 3.Cinderella/ her/was/ living/ with / family/ happily/./ …………………………………………………………………………………… 4.the/heritage/of/ cultural/ ethnic/ peoples/ the/ in /Viet Nam/very/ rich/ is/./

FF IC IA L

…………………………………………………………………………………… 5.can/ speak/ my/ English/ most/ Ba / the/ fluently/ in / class.

………………………………………………………………………………………………….. III. Using the suggestions below and your own knowledge, write a short (6-10 sentences) to introduce about your hometown.

Suggestions:

paragraph

- Where is your hometown? What is your hometown like?

- How are people in your hometown?

- What are specialties in your hometown?

- Do you love your hometown? Why or why not?

KÈ

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………. ……………………. ĐÁP ÁN

ẠY

PART A: LISTENING

1. Listen to the announcement. Fill each of the gaps with the ONE word and/or a number. You will listen TWICE.

Key: 1. 130243 84

2. traffic 3. 123955 4. 132749 5. assistance

1. F

2. T

3. T

4. F

5. F

PART B: LANGUAGE FOCUS

FF IC IA L

2. Listen to a conversation between two friends. Decide if the statements are true (T) or false (F). Circle T or F. You will listen TWICE.

2. C

3. C

4. B

5. C

6. A

7. B

8. B

9. D

10. B

1. A

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C, D to complete the sentences:

2. was repaired

3. seeing

4. comment

5. was playing

1.makes

II. Supply the correct tense or form of the verb in parentheses:

PART C: READING

2. island

3. beach

1. biggest

I. Read the following passage and put a suitable word in each of the number blanks: 4. animals

5. of

2. A

3. A

4. B

5. D

1.C

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C, or D for each gap to complete the following passage:

KÈ

III. Read the passage and do the tasks bellow. A.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 1. D

2. C

ẠY

B. Answer the questions: 1. No./ No, it isn’t.

2. Some weeks before the New Year, the Vietnamese clean their houses and paint the walls. New clothes are bought for the occasion. /They clean their houses , paint the walls and buy new clothes. 3. They/ People go to visit their neighbors, friends and relatives. 85

PART D: WRITING I. Complete the second sentence sothat it means the same as the sentence before: 1. Nam used to live with his parents.

3. Mary is the most intelligent in my group. 4. He detests going out on cold days. 5. A new building will be built near here. II.Rearrange the sentences using the following words:

FF IC IA L

2.You should wear a warm coat.

1.The Buffalo-fighting Festival took place in Do Son last Saturday.

3.Cinderella was living with her family happily .

2. When the prince saw the Sleeping Beauty, he kissed on her .

4.The cultural heritage of ethnic peoples in Viet Nam is very rich. 5.Ba can speak English the most fluently in my class.

III. Using the suggestions below and your own knowledge, write a short

paragraph (6-10 sentences) to introduce about your hometown.

( Students’ writing)

12 ANH 8 HK1

PART A: LISTENING

KÈ

1. Listen to a conversation and match Nam's hobbies and leisure activities with different stages in his life. You will listen TWICE.

Hobbies/Leisure activities

1. childhood

A. volunteering

2. primary school

B. playing with toys

ẠY

Stages of life

3. secondary school

C. playing tennis

4. university

D. reading comics

5. marriage

E. hanging out with classmates 86

2. Listen to a talk about teenagers and technology. Fill each of the gaps with no more than TWO words. You will listen TWICE.

FF IC IA L

1. Nowadays teenagers can be called a ____________. 2. Teenagers like __________ friends on the Internet. 3. Teenagers can _______ what time to do something.

4. Playing computer games makes teenagers __________ less on their lessons in class.

The parents of these teenagers are finding ways to ______ their children’s interest in technology.

PART B: LANGUAGE FOCUS

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences:

B. bored

C. interesting

D. boring

A. interested

1. Linda is__________ in handmade products.

2. He regrets__________school early. It is the biggest mistake in his life. B. leaving

C. to leave

D. leave

A. left

3.__________is the largest ethnic group?- The King B. when

A. whom

C. who

D. why

KÈ

4. My mother always tells me that I ___________ be home by 9 p.m. A. has to

B. have to

C. have not to

D. mustn’t

ẠY

5. City drivers have to drive___________than country ones. A. more careful

B. more careless

C. more carefully

D. more carelessly

6. Most ethnic minorities live in____________areas. A. mountainous

B. rural

C. urban

D. modern

7.___________the weather is bad , farmers still work on their fields. A. In spite of

B. Although

C. Because of 87

D. However

8.The workers_________the windows for several hours. A. has clean

B. have cleaned

C. cleaned

D. bored

9.”Do you love it?” can be abbreviated: A.WBU

B. J4F

C. NUFF

D. DYLI

A. Therefore

B. Moreover

C. While

FF IC IA L

10.Tet is a long holiday.___________, it is the largest festival in Vietnam. D. If

II. Supply the correct tense or form of the verb in parentheses: 1.My father always ( make) important decisions in my family. →…………………………………………………………….

2.The road (repair) in 2002.

→…………………………………………………………… 3.We are looking forward to (see) you.

4. In

→……………………………………………………………. Australia, you mustn’t (comment) on a person’s accent.

→…………………………………………………………….

5.While we ( play) basketball in the park, Mary fell over.

→……………………………………………………………

PART C: READING I.Read the following passage and put a suitable word in each of the number blanks: - island

animals - of

beach -

biggest

ẠY

KÈ

1___________2____________3____________4___________5_________ II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage: Mid-Autumn Festival

There are hundreds of festivals in Vietnam each year. (1)_____ Tet holiday, the MidAutumn festival is one of the most famous festivals and it is a traditional celebration for Vietnamese (2)_______.

FF IC IA L

C. Besides

D. So

2. A. children

B. child

C. girls

D. boys

3. A. held

B. remember

C. hold

D. celebrate

4. A. spring

B. autumn

C. summer

5. A. royal

B. club

C. school

1. A. The

D. winter

D. family

III. Read the following passage and do the tasks below:

KÈ

Sydney is Australia’s most exciting city. The history of Australia begins here. In 1788 Captain Arthur Philips arrived in Sydney with 11 ships and 1624 passengers from Britain (including 770 prisoners). Today there are about 3.6 million people in Sydney. It is the biggest city in Australia, the busiest port in the South Pacific and one of the most beautiful cities in the world. In Sydney, the buildings are higher, the colors are brighter and the nightlife is more exciting. There are over 20 excellent beaches close to Sydney and its warm climate and cool winter have made it a favorite city for immigrants from overseas. There are two things that make Sydney famous: its beautiful harbor, the Sydney Harbor Bridge, which was built in 1932 and the Sydney Opera House, which was opened in 1973. A. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 1.Which of the following should be the title of the reading passage? B. The history of Sydney

C.Sydneys beaches and harbors

D. An introduction of Sydney

ẠY

A.Sydney’s Opera House

2.Which of the following statements is NOT true about Sydney? A. Sydney is not a favorite city for immigrants from overseas. B. Sydney is one of the most beautiful cities in the world. C. Sydney is the most exciting city in Australia. 89

D. Sydney is the biggest port in the South Pacific. B. Answer the questions: 1.Where did Captain Arthur Philips arrive in 1788?

2. How many beaches are there close to Sydney? →…………………………………………………………… 3.When was the Sydney Harbor Bridge built? →……………………………………………………………. PART D: WRITING

FF IC IA L

→…………………………………………………………….

I. Complete the second sentence sothat it means the same as the sentence before: 1.Nam doesn’t live with his parents any more.

→Nam used ………………………………………..

2. It’s a good idea to wear a warm coat.

→You should…………………………………………..

3. Noone in my group is more intelligent than Mary.

→Mary…………………………………………………..

4. He doesn’t like going out on cold days.

→He detests……………………………………………… 5.They will build a new building near here.

→A new building…………………………………………….

KÈ

II.Make sentences using the words and phrases given: 1.Hoi An/ famous/ its/ ancient/ buildings/, / shops/ pagodas.

ẠY

→…………………………………………………………………………………. 2. Cultural/ festivals/ occur/ every/ country/ world.

→……………………………………………………………………………….. 3. Giong saint/ live/ village/ Phu Dong. →………………………………………………………………………………… 4. Children/ elders/ receive “ lixi”/ the Lunar New Year. 90

→…………………………………………………………………………………. 5. We/ have/ dinner/ when/ telephone/ ring. →…………………………………………………………………………………

Suggestions: - Where is your hometown? What is your hometown like? - What are specialties in your hometown? - How are people in your hometown?

- Do you love your hometown? Why or why not?

paragraph

FF IC IA L

III. Using the suggestions below and your own knowledge, write a short (6-10 sentences) to introduce about your hometown.

PART A: LISTENING

1. Listen to a conversation and match Nam's hobbies and leisure activities with different stages in his life. You will listen TWICE.

1. B 2. D 3. E 4. A 5. C

KÈ

2. Listen to a talk about teenagers and technology. Fill each of the gaps with no more than TWO words. You will listen TWICE.

ẠY

1. 'technology' generation 2. making 3. forget 4. concentrate 5. reduce PART B: LANGUAGE FOCUS

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C, D to complete the sentences: 1. A

2. B

3. C

4. B

5. C

6. A

7. B

8. B

9. D

10. B

II. Supply the correct tense or form of the verb in parentheses: 91

1.makes

2. was repaired

3. seeing

4. comment

5. were playing

PART C: READING I. Read the following passage and put a suitable word in each of the number blanks: 1. biggest

2. island

3. beach

4. animals

5. of

1.C

2. A

3. A

4. B

FF IC IA L

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C, or D for each gap to complete the following passage: 5. D

III. Read the following passage and do the tasks below:

A. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 1. D

2. A

B. Answer the questions:

1. Captain Arthur Philips arrived in Sydney/ in Sydney/ Sydney.

2. There are over (excellent ) 20 beaches (close to Sydney)/ over 20 beaches. 3. The Sydney Harbor Bridge was built in 1932/ in 1932/ 1932.

PART D: WRITING

I. Complete the second sentence sothat it means the same as the sentence before:

1. Nam used to live with his parents.

2.You should wear a warm coat.

3. Mary is the most intelligent in my group. 4. He detests going out on cold days.

5. A new building will be built near here.

KÈ

II. Make sentences using the words and phrases given: 1. Hoi An is famous for its ancient buildings, shops and pagodas.

ẠY

2. Cultural festivals occur in every country of the world. 3. Giong saint lived in a village of Phu Dong.

4. Children and elders will receive “ lixi” on the Lunar New Year. 5. We were having dinner when the telephone rang. III. Using the suggestions below and your own knowledge, write a short paragraph (6-10 sentences) to introduce about your hometown. 92

( Students’ writing) 13 ANH 8 HK1 PART A: LISTENING

FF IC IA L

1. Listen to the tooth fairy customs in Spain and in Viet Nam. Decide if the statements are true (T) or false (F). Circle T or F. You will listen TWICE.

2. Vietnamese children make a wish related to the mouse when they toss T their teeth.

3. The lost tooth will be thrown onto the roof in Spain.

1. According to Vietnamese people, a lost tooth will be replaced by a gift.

4. The lost tooth can be found under the pillow according to the Vietnamese custom.

5. A mouse is involved in the custom of both countries.

1. Pancake Festival

2. Listen to Amy talking about British unusual festivals. Match the festival with its correct information. You will listen TWICE.

KÈ

2. Who can pull the ugliest face?

A. The winner gets lots of lettuce. B. The festival ends with a massive firework display. C. Frying pans can’t be lacked in this festival.

4. Cheese rolling festival

D. The festival takes place down the hills.

5. Burning the Clocks Festival

E. The winner had no teeth.

ẠY

3. World Championship Snail Racing

PART B:LANGUAGE FOCUS I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 1. In some areas, when you meet old people , you………… take off your hat to greet them and show your respect. C. don’t have to

D. have to

FF IC IA L

B. shouldn’t

A. should

2. Lang Lieu couldn’t buy any special food……………… he was very poor. A. although

B. when

C. while

D. because

3. ………..the other sons were looking for special foods, he was making Chung cake and Day cake. B. Even though

C. While

4. Tet is an occasion for family…………. in Viet Nam. B. meeting

C. seeing

A. visiting

D. Because

A. Although

D. reunions

B. happily

C. more happily

D. less happy

A. happy

5. People in the countryside live ……………… than those in the city.

A. therefore

B. however

6. Lac Long Quan missed his life in the sea; ………….., he took 50 sons back there. C. morever

D. otherwise

B. was watching

A. watched

7. While I……… the perfoprmance, I met one of old friends. C. watch

D. am watching

C. worse

D. the worst

B. badly

A. bad

8. She is ________ singer I’ve ever met.

KÈ

9. Mary adores ________ with her best friend, Susan during the weekend. A. to hang out B. hang out

C. hanging out

D. to hanging out

10. ________ does Hoa Ban festival take place?- In Lai Chau

ẠY

A. Where

B. When

C. What

D. How

II. Supply the corect tense or form of the verb in parentheses:

1. Since I moved to the new house, I (not have)………………….. any contacts with those friends. 2. My mother enjoys (make) ________________ ham and spring rolls at Tet. 94

3. The students ( run) ……………… around the school yard at eight o’clock yesterday morning. 4. My house (repaint) ………………. next month.

PART C: READING

FF IC IA L

5. We should (respect) _____________________ to the old people

I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks:

listening

Doing

with

sport

interests

1……………

Swedish teenagers enjoy (1)……….. to music and hanging out (2)…………friends, just like most children around the world. Everyone is encourageed to develop his or her own (3)……….. . Singing and playing a musical instrument are popular leisure activities. According to a govement website, almost one in three Swedish children aged 13-14 play an instrument in their spare time. (4)………. sports is also encouraged. 68 per cent of 13 to 15 year-old are members of sport club. Football is the most popular (5)………… among both girls and boys. Then comes riding for girls. Boys prefer football, swimming and ice hockey. 2……………… 3……………… 4…………… 5……………

Hi Nick,

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following letter:

ẠY

KÈ

Great to receive your email. Because you'll be here soon. I’d like to share with you my family customs and traditions. Well, we have the customs (1)……….. spending Saturdays together. You may ask why not Sundays. It’s simple because my mum works on Sundays. On Saturdays, we always (2)…………. out. Sometimes we visit our grandparents in Vung Tau. Sometimes we go on a (3)…………….. in the park or nearby beauty spot.

You asked me about the Tet holiday, right? There is a (4)……… that we make cake and cook braised pork and eggs ( thịt kho trứng). Tet is similar to Chung cake in Ha Noi, but it is long, not square. Braised pork and eggs is traditional (5)……… for Tet. It’s so delicious! When you come here, my mum will cook it for you. What about your family? Share with me the customs and traditions you follow. 95

B of

C. in

D.on

2. A. say

B. put

C. camp

D. go

3. A.trip

B. picnic

C. thing

D. day

4. A. tradition

B. customs

C. thing

D. regulation

5. A. thing

B. taste

C. dish

D. fam

FF IC IA L

1. A. for

III. Read the following passage about Hoi An and do the task blow:

The ancient town of Hoi An lies on the Thu Bon River, more than 30 kilometers to the south of Da Nang. Occupied by early western trades, Hoi An was one of the major old-time commercial ports of South Asia in the 16th century. Hoi An is famous for old temples, pagodas, tiled-roof houses and narrow streets. Tourists can visit the relics of Sa Huynh and Cham Civilizations. They can also enjoy the beautiful scenery of the Thu Bon River, Cua Dai Beach, etc. In recent years, Hoi An has become a very popular tourist destination in Viet Nam. Importantly, the committee of the World Heritages of UNESCO officially certified Hoi An a World Heritage Site in 1999.

A.True (T) or False (F)

Statements

1.Hoi An was one of the major old – time commercial ports of South Asia in the 16th century.

KÈ

2.Hoi An has never become a pupular tourist destination in Viet Nam.

ẠY

B. Answer the questions below: 1.Is the ancient town of Hoi An located on the Thu Bon River in the south of Da Nang?

………………………………………………………………………………………………… 2.What is Hoi An famous for ? ………………………………………………………………………………………………… 3. What can tourists visit in Hoi An? 96

………………………………………………………………………………………………… PART D: WRITING I. Rearrange the words and phrases given to make meaning full sentences: 1.Thanks / technology/ , /now/can/for/preserve/our/to/culture/future/we/generations/./

FF IC IA L

………………………………………………………………………………………….

2.Vietnamese /plan/activities/ famylies/ around/ their/ children/on/many/their/special/days/./ ………………………………………………………………………………………………. 3.One /popular /the/is/the/Hung Kings/Temple/festivals/in/most/festival/of/Viet Nam/./

………………………………………………………………………………………………..

4.In/country/our/,/government/always/the/care/takes/of/people’slife/the/,/the/groups/ethnic/es pecially/./

………………………………………………………………………………………………..

5. Nowadays/are/using/more/for/villagers/motorcycles/of/instead/riding/or/a/horse/walking/ transport/./

……………………………………………………………………………………………….. II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before:

1. No one in my family can speak English more fluently than my father.

-> My father can ……………………………………………………………………

ẠY

KÈ

2. He is interested in getting up early on cold days. -> He enjoys ………………………………………………………………………. 3. We moved to Ha Noi five years ago. -> We have…………………………………………………………………………. 4. I usually went fishing when I lived in the countryside. -> I used ……….……….……….…………….……….……….……….………. 5. It is not good for your health if you eat too much red meat. -> You shouldn’t …………………………………………………………………….……..

III. Make sentences using the words and phrases given: 1. It/such/difficult/question/all/students/can/not/answer/it/./ …………………………..…………………………..………………………………………… 2. Because/film/so/boring/,/I/feel/asleep/./ 97

…………………………..…………………………..………………………………………… 3. If/you/take/exercise/regularly/,/you/stay/shape/./ …………………………..…………………………..………………………………................. 4. In spite of/ be/strong/,/he /can/not/move/that/stone/./

FF IC IA L

…………………………..…………………………..…………………………………………. 5. We / just / take / part / the Mid -Autumn Festival /./

ẠY

KÈ

…………………………..…………………………..………………………………..................

ĐÁP ÁN PART A. LISTENING 1. Listen to the tooth fairy customs in Spain and in Viet Nam. Decide if the statements are true (T) or false (F). Circle T or F. You will listen TWICE.

FF IC IA L

1. F 2. T 3. F 4. F 5. T

2. Listen to Amy talking about British unusual festivals. Match the festival with its correct information. You will listen TWICE. 1. C 2. E 3. A 4. D 5. B

PART B. LANGUAGE FOCUS

2. D

3. C

6. A

7. B

8. D

4. haven’t (have not) had 4. will be repainted

II. Put the correct form of the verbs.

4. D

5. C

9. C

10. A

1. A

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

3. were running

2. making 5. respect

PART C. READING

3.interests

5. sport

4. Doing

2. hanging out

1. listening

I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks:

KÈ

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage. 1. B

2. D

3. B

4. A

5. C

III. Read the passage and do the tasks bellow.

ẠY

A.True(T) or false(F): 1. T

2. F

B. Answer the questions: 1. Yes./Yes, it is./Yes. It is located on the Thu Bon River, more than 30 kilometers to the south of Da Nang. 2. (It / Hoi Anis famous for) old temples, pagodas, tiled- roof houses and narrow streets. 99

3. (They/Tourists can visit) the relics of Sa Huynh and Cham Civilizations. PART D. WRITING I. Rearrange the words and phrases given to make meaning full sentences: 1. Thanks to technology, we can now preserve our culture for future generations.

FF IC IA L

2.Vietnamese families plan their activities around their children on many special days. 3.One of the most popular festivals in Viet Nam is Hung Kings Temple festival.

4. In our country, the government always takes care of the people's life, especially the ethnic groups.

5.Nowadays more villagers are using motorcycles for transport instead of riding a horse or walking. II. Rewrite the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one.

1. My father can speak English the most fluently in my family.

ẠY

KÈ

2. He enjoys getting up early on cold days. 3. We have moved to Ha Noi for five years. 4. I used to go fishing when I lived in the countryside. 5. You should not (shouldn’t) eat too much red meat because it is not (isn’t) good for your health.. III. Make up sentences, using the words and phrases given. 1.It is a such difficult question that all students can’t (can not) answer it. 2.Because the film was so boring, I felt asleep. 3.If you take exercise regularly, you will stay in shape. 4.In spite of being strong, he can not (can’t) move that stone. 5.We have just taken part in the Mid -Autumn Festival. ************ THE END ************ 14 ANH 8 HK1 PART A: LISTENLING

1. Listen to the conversation between two friends. Decide if the statements are true (T) or false (F). Circle T or F.

1. Minh is watching television when Hanh phones.

2. Hanh invites Minh to a music festival.

100

3. Minh can’t go rollerblading because she has no rollerblades.

4. Hanh suggests going to Museum of Ethnology to paint pottery.

5. In the end Hanh goes to the art fair alone.

A. The winner gets lots of lettuce.

2. Who can pull the ugliest face?

B. The festival ends with a massive firework display.

3. World Championship Snail Racing

C. Frying pans can’t be lacked in this festival.

4. Cheese rolling festival

1. Pancake Festival

FF IC IA L

2. Listen to Amy talking about British unusual festivals. Match the festival with its correct information. You will listen TWICE.

E. The winner had no teeth.

5. Burning the Clocks Festival

D. The festival takes place down the hills.

PART B: LANGUAGE FOCUS

KÈ

I .Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete each sentence. 1. While I ____________the performance, I met one of my old friends.

ẠY

A. watched

B. was watching

C. watch

D. am watching

2. You should buy the blue sweater. It suits you ___________than the red one.

A. good

B. well

C. better

D. the best

3. The ____________ of quan ho singing has been recognized as a world heritage. A. preservation

B. procession

C. song

D. performance

4. Saint Giong was unable to talk, smile, or walk ___________ he was three years old. 101

A. even though

B. because

C. while

D. if

5. It’s a rule, so everyone ____________strictly follow it. A. doesn’t have to B. shouldn’t

C. has to

D. should

6. The 54 ethnic peoples of Vietnam are___________, but they live peacefully. B. unlike

C. diverse

D. like

FF IC IA L

A. similar

7. I detest ___________ so early in the morning. A. get up

B. getting up

C. gets up

D. to get up

8. Both my brother and I help ____________ our family’s goats. We feed them on the pastures by the edge of the village. B. to herd

C. herding

D.to herding

A. herds

9. Lang Lieu couldn’t buy any special food___________he was very poor. B. when

C. while

A. although

D. because

B. was appearing

C. appeared

A. appears

10. The girl was crying when a fairy____________

D.is appearing

II . Supply the corect tense or form of the verb in parentheses

1. Peter ____________ football yesterday. (play)

2. When I came, the whole family _________ dinner around a big dining table. (have)

3. Children should_____________ things from adults with both hands. (take) 4. My father and I __________ up at 5 o’clock every morning. (get)

KÈ

5.We ____________________ to Hung King Festival since last Sunday. (go) PART C:READING

ẠY

I. Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word from the box to complete the passage. worship

celebrate

However

preparation

traditional

Tet is the biggest festival in Viet Nam. It takes place in the first lunar month of the year; it’s a time for family reunion. To (1) _____________ Tet, Vietnamese people make many tasty (2)______________ foods. The most important food includes Chung cakes, sausages, boiled chicken, spring rolls, and sticky rice. Chung cake is made of sticky rice, pork, green beans and other spices, wrapped in the green leaves; therefore, this cake needs a lot of (3) _____________. This cake can be kept for a long time, even though the weather is often humid during Tet. Other 102

significant food that can’t be missed to (4) ______________ the ancestors are sausages, spring rolls and sticky rice. Because sausages are difficult to make, people often buy them from famous suppliers. (5) _____________, sticky rice and spring rolls are easier to prepare and must be served immediately after they are cooked, so they are often made at home.

FF IC IA L

II. Choose the correct word for each blank in the following passage.

C. custom D. festival C. comes D. runs C. observed D. celebrated C. generally D. typically C. pray D. call

B. cultural B. goes B. arranged B. especially B. look

1. A .minor 2. A. gets 3. A. seen 4. A. largely 5. A. ask

Spring is a time when there are many festivals in our country. Among them, Hoa Ban Festival is the most beautiful and interesting and it takes place in Lai Chau. It is typical of the (1)………life of the Thai people. In the second lunar month of the year, when it (2) ……..warmer and hoa ban - a kind of beautiful flower in the northwest mountainous area blossoms, Hoa Ban Festival is (3)………... This is a great time for everyone, (4) …………… for boys and girls. The boy (4)………… the most beautiful flower and gives it to his girlfriend. This is not only a time for love but also for the Thai people to (5)………..for good crops, for happiness, and express their special thanks to the Gods and ancestors. The festival is always full of songs and prayers.

III. Read the following passage and do the tasks below.

ẠY

KÈ

1. Cinderella was __________ happily with her family when her mother died. A. lived

B. live

C. living

D. to live

2. The prince got married to the girl __________ fitted the left glass slipper. A. who

B. which

C. what 103

D. to live

B. Answer the questions. 1. What did Cinderella’s father do when his wife died? ……………………………………………………………………………………… 2. How did Cinderella’s stepmother and two stepsisters treat her?

3. What happened in the end?

FF IC IA L

………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………….……………………… PART D: WRITING

I Complete each sentence so it means the same as the sentence above.

1. Cats can not swim as well as dogs.

→ Dogs can swim………………………………………………………… 2. Minh really loves to hang out with friends.

3. Playing beach games is very interesting.

→ Minh really enjoys................................................................................

→ It is........................................................................................................

4. He uses all his free time to look after his garden.

→ He spends..............................................................................................

5. The red car is more expensive than the black one. → The black car ….……….……….……….……….……….………………

II. Make sentences using the words and phrases given

KÈ

1. Tippping/ not/ custom/ Viet Nam/ so/ you/ not/ have/ tip/ if/ don’t want/. …………………………………………………………………………………………

ẠY

2. In Brazil/ standard/ tip/ in/ restaurant/ be 10 percent. …………………………………………………………………………………………

3. The xoe dance/ performed/ the boys and girls/ the hamlets. ………………………………………………………………………………………… 4. We/ have/take/ shoes/ when/ we/ inside/pagoda. ………………………………………………………………………………………………. 5. Life/ the countryside/ changed/ a lot/ the/ ten /years. 104

III. Write a paragraph about a fairy tale you have read. Write 70- 80 words. You should write about: - What the story is about

FF IC IA L

- Who the main characters in the story are - What happened in the story - What the meaning of the story is

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………...….

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………..……………………………………………………………………..

ĐÁP ÁN

PART A: LISTENING

1. Listen to the conversation between two friends. Decide if the statements are true (T) or false (F). Circle T or F.

1. T 2. F 3. F 4. T 5. F

2. Listen to Amy talking about British unusual festivals. Match the festival with its correct information. You will listen TWICE.

KÈ

1. C 2. E 3. A 4. D 5. B

PART B: LANGUAGE FOCUS

I. Choose the best answer A, B,C or D to completethe sentences

ẠY

10 C

II. Put the corect form of the verbs 1. played

2. was having

3. take

4. get

5. have gone

PART C: READING I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks 105

1. celebrate However

2.traditional

3.preparation

4. worship

II. Choose the correct word for each blank in the following passage. 1.B

2.A

3.D

4.B

5.C

FF IC IA L

III. Read the passage and do the tast bellow

A. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences 1D

B. Answer the questions 1. He married an evil widow.( with two daughters.)

2. They treated her badly. Or They mistreated her.

3. Cinderella and the prince got married and lived happily ever after.

PART D. WRITING

I. Complete each sentence so it means the same as the sentence above.

1. Dogs can swim better than cats.

2. Minh really enjoys hanging out with friends.

3. It is very interesting to play beach games.

4. He spends all his free time looking after his garden.

5. The black car is cheaper than the red one. or The black car isn’t as expensive as the red one.

KÈ

Tippping is not a custom inViet Nam, so you do not have to tip if you don’t want to. In Brazil, the standard tip in restaurant is10 percent. The xoe dance is performed by both the boys and girls in the hamlets. We have to take off our shoes when we go inside a pagoda. Or We have to take our shoes off when we go inside a pagoda. Life in the countryside has changed a lot over the past ten years.

ẠY

1. 2. 3. 4.

II. Make up sentences , using the words and phrasesgiven

III. Write a paragraph about a fairy tale you have read. Write 70-80 words. It is a fable about a goose that laid golden eggs. There are three main characters: the goose, the man and his wife. A man and his wife owned a very special goose. Every day the goose would lay a golden egg. One day, the man’s wife said that if they could have all the 106

ẠY

KÈ

FF IC IA L

golden eggs inside the goose, they could be richer much faster. The man agreed with the idea. Then the couple killed the goose and cut her open. But the goose had no golden eggs inside her at all. The fable tells us not to be greedy and to think before we act.

107

PHẦN 3. WRITTEN TEST WRITTEN TEST NO 1.1

A. LISTENING (2 pts)

1. 2. 3. 4.

FF IC IA L

I. Listen to the tape and write T or F:

Hoa Ban Festival takes places in Lai Chau. Hoa Ban Festival is typical of the custom life of the Thai people. Hoa Ban Festival is celebrated in the third lunar month of the year. Hoa Ban festival is is the only time for love.

II. Listen and complete the passage.

I live in a (1)…………………..village. My parents often tell me stories about their life in the past. It’s not much like the village I can see nowadays.

Some villagers now live in brick houses instead of (2)…………………… ones. Our houses are better equipped with electric fans and TVs. Thanks to the TV, we now know more (3)…………………… life outside our village. We don’t use oil lamps any more. We have electric lights which are much brighter. More villagers are using motorcycles for (4)……………………… instead of riding a horse or walking. They come to experience our way of life.

B. USE OF LANGUAGE (4 pts)

B. wants

C. hopes

D. learns

2. A. chemical

B. characteristic

C. children

D. Christmas

3. A. diverse

B. minority

C. inconvenient

D. mine

4. A. compare

B. clever

C. center

D. cultural

KÈ

1. A. speaks

I. Choose the word whose underline part is pronounced differently (1 pt).

ẠY

II. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D. (1 pts) 1. The Kinh have ............number of people, accounting for about 86% of the population. B. the large

C. the largest

D. larger

A. large

2. Their …………………. to the God included incense, fruit and cakes. A. ceremony worship

B. ritual

C. offerings

3. My area … …… ….with tradition by not having firecrackers on New Year’s Eve. 108

A. broke

B. took

C. made

D. did

4. If you are Vietnamese, you should ……………. your customs and traditions. A. to follow

B. following

C. followed

D. follow

III. Put the verb into the correct form (1 pt)

FF IC IA L

1/ My brother often (watch)……………………. TV every evening. 2/ She doesn’t mind (pick) …………………………….me up after working. 3/ I (never/ see) …………………………… such a beautiful girl before. 4/ You (visit)…………………….…..……… your grandparents last weekend? IV. Put the word into the correct form. (1 pt)

1. Aodai is our ................................dress. We wear it every Monday at school.(tradition) (celebrate)

3. I find Water Festival in Thailand…………………...

(disappoint )

2. The…………………... is held to welcome the newbies.

4. My close friend gave me a .............................present on my birthday. I like it so much.

C. READING (2 pts):

(wonder)

I.Read the passage. Circle A, B or C to answer each question:

The Tay live mainly in the Northeastern part of Viet Nam. They live in large and crowded villages with hundreds of houses. They live in houses built on stilts. They are mainly farmers and they grow rice on terraced fields. They also raise cattles and poultry.

KÈ

Tay traditional dress is made from homegrown cotton. There is usually not much embroidery or other decorations. Women wear skirts or trousers, with short shirts inside and long one on the outside.

ẠY

They have many festivals and holidays in a year. The Lunar New Year and the midJuly festivals are the most lavishly organized. During festivals, people in many places play con throwing, badminton, tug-of-war, dragon dancing, or chess.

The Tay eat mainly sticky rice. On festival occasions, they make many kinds of cakes, such as banh chung (sticky rice square cakes), banh day (sticky rice round cakes) or banh khao (cakes made of white rice flour). 1. Which of the following best describes the main idea of the passage? 109

A. The Tay live in the Northeastern part of Viet Nam. B. The Tay make many kinds of cakes on festival occasions.

FF IC IA L

C. The Tay have many festivals and holidays in a year. D. The life of the Tay in Viet Nam. 2. What do the Tay mainly eat?

B. sticky rice round cakes

C. sticky rice square cakes

D. cakes made of white rice flour

3. Which of the following is NOT true of the Tay?

A. sticky rice

B. They grow rice on terraced

A. They live on stilt houses. fields.

D. They eat sticky rice.

4. Which is true of the Tay’s life?

C. They wear clothes with much embroidery.

B. They work in industry.

C. They have one very important festival a year. dress.

D. They buy cotton to make

A. They mainly work in agriculture.

II. Read and circle the correct answer to complete the following paragraph.

ẠY

KÈ

In the past few decades, the countryside …………………………lots of changes. Because of population growth, more products are needed. Therefore, more factories have been constructed, and young people have more choice of jobs apart …………………….. becoming farmers. When big cities have become more and more polluted, the fresher atmosphere in the countryside attracts more people. Rich people who live in the city for their work often buy a second home in the countryside to spend their weekend and holiday. …………………, the countryside is no longer a small community of rural people. In fact, in many parts of the countryside, there are urban people from nearby cities. Additionally, the introduction of the internet creates more opportunities for increasing ………………………… people's knowledge. Many farmers have used machines for 110

FF IC IA L

tasks that used to be done by hand, which helps them save labour. In the near future, it is expected that the countryside will gradually become more similar to big cities. 1. A. has experienced B. experienced C.experience D.have experienced 2. A. for B. from C.about D.of 3. A. however B. so C.because D. As a result 4. A. countryside B. city C.rural D. ruler D. WRITING ( 2 pts)

I. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences. You cannot change the words. 1. I/out/friends/love/with/weekend/at/hanging/my/the.

___________________________________________________________________

2. Why/addicted/games/computer/you/are/to?

___________________________________________________________________

3. Social/teenager’s/to/important/networks/life/are/a.

___________________________________________________________________

4. Reading/most/the/activities/among/teenagers/these/and/crafts/making/books/are/popular.

___________________________________________________________________

ẠY

KÈ

II. Write full sentences using the suggested words and phrases given. 1. Tet / most / important / festival / Vietnam. …………………………………………………………………………………….. 2. They/ play/ tennis/ 10.30 yesterday morning. ………………………………………………………………………………….. 3. We / know / each other / since / we / be / ten years old. ……………………………………………………………………………………… 4. You/ have /take / hat / off / when / go inside / main worship area / the temple. ……………………………………………………………………………………… KEY I. TAPE Spring in a time when there are many festivals in our country. Among them, Hoa Ban Festival is the most beautiful and interesting and it takes places in Lai Chau. It is 111

5. 6. 7. 8.

FF IC IA L

typical of the custom life of the Thai people. In the second lunar month of the year, when it gets warmer and hoa ban – a kind of beautiful flower in the north west mountainous area-blossoms, Hoa Ban Festival is celebrated . This is a great time for everyone, especially for boys and girls. The boy picks the most beautiful flower and gives it to his girlfriend. This is not only a time for love but also for the Thai people to pray for good crops, for happiness , and and express their special thanks to gods and ancestors . The festival is always full of songs and prayers Hoa Ban Festival takes places in Lai Chau. Hoa Ban Festival is typical of the custom life of the Thai people. Hoa Ban Festival is celebrated in the third lunar month of the year. Hoa Ban festival is is the only time for love. 2.T

3.F

4.F

I. 1.T II. TAPE

I live in a mountain village. My parents often tell me stories about their life in the past. It’s not much like the village I can see nowadays.

Some villagers now live in brick houses instead of earthen ones. Our houses are better equipped with electric fans and TVs. Thanks to the TV, we now know more about life outside our village. We don’t use oil lamps any more. We have electric lights which are much brighter. More villagers are using motorcycles for transport instead of riding a horse or walking. We – village children - no longer have to walk a long way and cross a stream to get to school, which is dangerous in the rainy season. Now there’s a new school nearby. We also have more visitors from the city. They come to experience our way of life. II.

KÈ

2. earthen

1. mountain

3. about

ẠY

4. transport

2.C

3.C

4.C

II. 1. C C. I. 1. D

2. C

3. A

4. D

2. A

3. C

4. A

I. 1.D

112

II. 1.A

2.B

3.D

4.C

III. 1.watches 2.picking

3.have never seen

4.Did you visit

FF IC IA L

IV. 1. Traditional 2. celebration 3. disappoiting 4.Wonderful

D. I.

1. I love hanging out with my friends at the weekend.

2. Why are you addicted to computer games?

3. Social networks are important to a teenager's life.

4. Reading books and making crafts are the most popular activities among these teenagers.

Tet is the most important festival in Vietnam They were playing tennis at 10.30 yesterday morning. We have known each other since we were ten years old. You have to take your hat off when going / you go inside the main worship area of the temple.

KÈ

1. 2. 3. 4.

II.

WRITTEN TEST NO 1.2 A. LISTENING

ẠY

I. Listen to the tape and circle the answer.

1. A. 2. A. C. 3.

The writer had a mobile phone when he was ………………years old. eighteen B.eight C.eighty D.seventeen The writer does lots of things with his mobiphone such as…………….. playing games B. listening to music and the radio sending and receiving messages D. All are correct Texting friends is a lot …………………… than calling them 113

A.cheaper

B.more expensive C.more interesting

D.more boring

4. I’ve told my friends to come to my house ……………………. A. in the evening B.in the morning C.after school D.at night II. Listen again and write the missing word .

FF IC IA L

Playing games on mobile phone has also many disadvantages . Firstly , It can (1)………………………….eye’s problems . Secondly , mobile phone can change their way to some unwanted things . Thirdly , using many functions on mobile phone can make students to be (2)……………………. They don’t care about time for study and family . (3)……………………., radiation from mobile phones can lead brain damage and cause bad health (4)……………………… . For these reasons , parents should be considered before buying a mobile phone for your school children .

B. USE OF LANGUAGE

2. A. celebrated

B. booked

C. dragon

B. fable

C. practiced

D. tale D. missed

1. A. brave

I. Find the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others.

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. B. selection

C. question

D. historian

2. A. electrician

B. education

C. application

D. participation

1. A. collection

III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D.

1. My mother enjoys_________ traditional food for our family, especially at Tet holiday. B. to cook

C. cooking

A. cook

D. cooked

KÈ

2. My father sometimes goes ____________ in the forests. He’d like to find some more food for our family.

ẠY

A. hunt

B. hunting

C. to hunt

D. hunted

3. Look! Some children are ____________the buffaloes. B. herding

C. driving

D. playing

A. picking

4. The sky is _____here in the countryside because there are no buildings to block the view. A. tidy

B. close

C. dense

5. Is living in the city _________ than living in the country? 114

D. vast

A. more convenient

B. as convenient

C. most convenient

D. so convenient

6. He is surprised __________that there are 54 ethnic groups in our country. B. to study

C. to know

IV. Put the verb into the correct form .

D. find

FF IC IA L

A. to understand

1. Mai enjoy ____________ crafts , especially bracelets (make) 2. ____________ you ever ___________ a buffalo? (ride)

3. The children used to ___________ a long way to school. (go)

4. They hate ___________ their son texting his friends all day. (see)

V. Identify a mistake in each sentence and correct it.

1. Vietnam is an multicultural country with 54 ethnic group.

............................................................................................. 2. We speak English fluent now than last year.

............................................................................................

3. We broke with tradition by make sponge cakes for the Mid-Autumn Festival instead of moon cakes.

..............................................................................................................

4. You has to take off your hats when you go to the pagoda. ...............................................................................................................

C. READING

KÈ

I.Read the following passage then answer the questions:

ẠY

Gong culture in the Central Highlands of Viet Nam has been recognized by UNESCO as a Masterpiece of the Intangible Heritage of Humanity. Gong culture covers five provinces of the Central Highlands: Kon Tum, Gia Lai, Dak Lak, Dak Nong and Lam Dong. The masters of gong culture are the ethnic groups of Bahnar, Sedang, Mnong, Coho… The Gong Festival is held annually in the Central Highlands. In the festival, artists from these provinces give gong performances, highlighting the gong culture of their own province. For the ethnic groups of the Central Highlands, gongs are musical instruments of special power. It is believed that every gong is the symbol of a god who grows more powerful as the gong gets older. Therefore, gongs are associated with special occasions in people’s lives, such as the 115

building of new houses, funerals, crop praying ceremonies… The gong sound is a way to communicate with the gods. 1.Where does Gong culture exist? ………………………………………………………………………………………………

FF IC IA L

2.How often is the Gong Festival held?

……………………………………………………………………………………………… 3.What do artists do in the Gong Festival?

……………………………………………………………………………………………… 4.Are gongs pieces of folk music?

showing

customs

first

instead

II. Complete the passage with the words in the box.

………………………………………………………………………………………………

"Li xi" is an important part in Vietnam’s (1) ……………………….. of Tet Festival, especially with children. It is a small amount of money that can bring good fortune to the upcoming year. However, "li xi" is not limited only on the first day, but can even last to the 9th or 10th day of Tet Festival, and given when the adults (2) ……………………….. met the kids. Besides the money, the tiny red envelope also has its own meaning. It represents the secrecy and privacy to avoid comparison as adults want children to regard the money as the gift of New Year,

ẠY

KÈ

(3) ……………………. of being jealous of receiving less than other kids. The red color, the most popular color appearing in Vietnamese festivals, signifies the prosperity and great luck according to Asian’s beliefs. In the morning of the first day of Lunar New Year, children and parents will visit grandparents’ home, wishing for a happy new year and great health, (4) ………….…….. respect and gratitude, and giving gifts. After that, it is grandparents and adults’ turn to give children lucky money to welcome their new age.

D. WRITING I. Rewrite the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning with the first one . 1. Cats cannot swim as well as dogs. → Dogs can swim..................................................................................... 116

2. Minh really loves to hang out with friends. → Minh really enjoys................................................................................ 3. Playing beach games is very interesting. → It is........................................................................................................

FF IC IA L

4. He uses all his free time to look after his garden.

→ He spends.............................................................................................. II. Write questions for these answers. 1. Of the three costumes, I like the red one most.

………………………………………………………………………………………………… … 2. The water wheel is used to get the water for the fields.

KEY

………………………………………………………………………………………………… …

Tổng điểm: 10= 0,25 *40 A.

KÈ

I’ve had a mobile phone since I was 8 years old. I do lots of things with it: play games, listen to music and the radio take pictures and make videos… I also talk to my friends, but mainly I send and receive messages! texting friends is a lot cheaper than calling them. The first week of the challenge was hard! But I’ve just found the perfect way to win the challenge . I’ve told my friends to come to my house after school and for the weekend , too. It’s been great because now I know that being with my friends is a lot better . 1.B

2.D

3.A

4.C

ẠY

II.

Playing games on mobile phone has also many disadvantages . Firstly , It can cause eye’s problems . Secondly , mobile phone can change their way to some unwanted things . Thirdly , using many functions on mobile phone can make students to be addicted. They don’t care about time for study and family . Moreover , radiation from mobile phones can lead brain damage and cause bad health effects . For these reasons , parents should be considered before buying a mobile phone for your school children. 117

1. cause

2.addicted

3.Moreover

4. effects

B. I.

II. 1. C 2. D III.

1.C

2.B

3.B

4.D

IV. 1. making

6.C

2. have - ridden

FF IC IA L

1. C 2. A

3. go

4. seeing/ to see V.

1. an- a

2. fluent- fluently

3. make- making

4. has to- have to

C. I.

1.It exists in the Central Highlands of Viet Nam.

KÈ

2.It is held once a year / annually. 3.They give gong performances, highlighting the gong culture of their own province.

ẠY

4.No, they aren’t. 2. first

3. instead

4. showing

II. 1. customs D. I.

1. Dogs can swim better than cats. 2. Minh really enjoys hanging out with friends. 118

3. It is very interesting to play beach games. 4. He spends all his free time looking after his garden II.

FF IC IA L

1. Which costume of the three do you like most ? 2. What is the water wheel to do ?

WRITTEN TEST NO 1.3 A. LISTENING I. Listen to the tape and write the missing words.

Living in the country is something that people from the city often

(1)…………………..about . However, in reality, it has both advantages and disadvantages.

There are certainly many advantages of living in the country. First, you can enjoy (2)…………… and quietness. Moreover, people tend to be friendlier. A further advantage is that there is less traffic, so it is safer for young children.

However, there are certain disadvantages or (3)………………………. to life outside the city. First, because there are fewer people, you are likely to have few friends. In addition, entertainment is difficult to find, particularly in the evening. Furthermore, the fact that there are fewer shops and services so it is quite hard to find jobs. As a result, you may have to travel a long way to work, which can be extremely expensive.

In conclusion, it can be seen that the country is more suitable for some people than others. On the whole, it is often the best place for those who are (4)………………………………or who have young children. In contrast, young or single people who have a career are better provided for in the city. ……………………….There are many beautiful buildings in Tokyo. ……………………… Many small houses found along long road. ………………………At night, Tokyo is not as attractive as many other cities. ………………………Tokyo has beautiful architecture.

ẠY

1. 2. 3. 4.

KÈ

II. Listen and write T or F.

B. USE OF LANGUAGE I. Choose the word whose underline part is pronounced differently. 1.A. bracelet

B. cake

C. make

D. hat

2.A. leisure

B. eight

C. celebrate

D. penalty

119

II.Choose the word whose main stress is placed differently from the others. 1. A. customer

B. delicious

C. grocery

D. resident

2. A. organize

B. discussion

C. restaurant

D. neighbor

III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D.

A. safe

D. Ø

C. Ø

B. The

D. an

The boys often help their parents to ............... water from the village well. C. absorb

B. collect

D.give

............... month is the Hoa Ban festival of the Thai people held in? B. Which

C. How many

D.How often

A. When 7.

C. the

..............eldest boy is at a college.

A. gather 6.

D. much more peaceful

B. an

A. a 5.

B. much peaceful C. less peaceful

She has read..............interesting book.

A. a 4.

D.inconvenient

Life in a small town is ............... than that in a big city.

A. peaceful 3.

C. difficult

B. unsafe

FF IC IA L

Don’t worry. It is ............... to travel to that village even at night.

Vietnamese people have many ............... customs and crafts. B. culture

C. traditional

D.cultural

A. tradition

8. During the festival, they fly many.............kites in different shapes and sizes. B. colourless

A.colour

C. colourful

D.colouring

KÈ

IV. Give the correct form or tense of the words given to complete these sentences: 1. If you write more carelessly you ( make )…………………………… more mistakes.

ẠY

2. When I was a small child I fancied (fly)…………………………….. kites in the field. 3.They (live)……………………………………….a nomadic life for six years.

4. My father sometimes goes(hunt)…………………………… in the forests. He’d liketo find some more food for our family. V. Put the word into the correct form. 1. People in my country are very warm and

.(FRIEND) 120

2. It is a/ an

place to hold a picnic because it is too far from the road.(convenience)

3. She looks

than her sister. (BEAUTY)

4. It was

of him to offer to pay for us both. (GENEROUSITY)

C. READING

FF IC IA L

I.Fill each blank with a, an or the to complete the following passage.

(1) history of Da Nang Museum of Cham Sculpture started in 1891 when a French scientist began to collect Cham sculptures that had been discovered in scattered areas of Quang Nam Province and (2) them to Da Nang. The first museum building was designed (3) French architects, and construction began in 1951 and was finished by May 1916. The Museum has played an important role in preserving sculpture items featuring the cultural, (4) and ritual lives of the Cham people. They arranged the displays in order to the areas where the objects were found. B.an

C.a

2. A. bringing

B.to bring

C.brought

D.bring

3. A. with

B.by

C.to

D.from

4. A. physics

B.spirit

1. A. The

D.spiritual

C.physical

D.No article

II.Read the following passage and choose the item (A, B, C or D) that best answers each of the questions about it.

Duong Lam: An ancient Vietnamese village

ẠY

KÈ

Duong Lam Village is located in Duong Lam Commune at a 45km distance from Hanoi. It is the birthplace of two kings in the history of Vietnam, Phung Hung and Ngo Quyen, who opened up the long-term self-control and independence period of Vietnam after Bach Dang Victory in the year 938. All houses, gates, village gates and wells are built of laterite creating an architectural complex, a unique village that is typical for villages in the midlands in the North of Vietnam. At present, there are still nearly old 200 houses and many other historical monuments such as Phung Hung Temple, Ngo Quyen Royal Tomb, Mong Phu Communal House, Ho Gam Hill at which Phung Hung liked tigers to rescue villagers and the temple at which the diplomat Giang Van Minh is worshiped. 1. How far is it from Duong Lam village to Ha Noi? ____________________________________________________________ 2. Who were the two kings whose birthplace is Duong Lam Village? ____________________________________________________________ 121

3. What is Duong Lam typical for? ____________________________________________________________ 4. Are there 200 historical monuments in Duong Lam? ____________________________________________________________

FF IC IA L

D. WRITING I. Rewrite the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning with the first one . 1. He performs that song very beautifully.

That song………………………………………………………………………. 2. No one in my group is more intelligent than Mary.

Mary …………………………………………………………………………………

3.He works much. He feels tired.

The more …………………………………………………………………………………

4. I moved to Ha Noi five years ago.

I have…………………………………………………………………………………

II. Write full sentences using the suggested words and phrases given .

KÈ

5. A lion / run / fast / than / horse. …………………………………………………………………………………….. 6. Which ethnic group / have / largest population / Vietnam? ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 7. We / know / each other / since / we / be / ten years old. ……………………………………………………………………………………… 8. Reading/most/the/activities/among/teenagers/these/and/crafts/making/books/are/popular .

KEY Tổng điểm: 10= 0,25 *40

ẠY

………………………………………………………………………………………

I.Tapecript: Living in the country is something that people from the city often dream about.However, in reality, it has both advantages and disadvantages. 122

There are certainly many advantages of living in the country. First, you can enjoy peace and quietness. Moreover, people tend to be friendlier. A further advantage is that there is less traffic, so it is safer for young children.

FF IC IA L

However, there are certain disadvantages or drawbacks to life outside the city. First, because there are fewer people, you are likely to have few friends. In addition, entertainment is difficult to find, particularly in the evening. Furthermore, the fact that there are fewer shops and services so it is quite hard to find jobs. As a result, you may have to travel a long way to work, which can be extremely expensive.

In conclusion, it can be seen that the country is more suitable for some people than others. On the whole, it is often the best place for those who are retired or who have young children. In contrast, young or single people who have a career are better provided for in the city. 1. dream

2.peace

3.drawbacks

4.retired

II.

Tokyo is a famous city. There are a few good buildings and impressive temples; there are a few parks worth visiting. Everything has to be small in Tokyo: houses, rooms, shops. Long-side streets consist of tiny houses only, and this often creates a toy-like, with small women tip-toeing along in their kimonos.

Tokyo at night is a very different place from Tokyo in daytime. Millions of neon lights are switched on and nowhere in the world is more attractive.

KĂ&#x2C6;

A town is not its buildings alone; it is an atmosphere, its pleasure, its sadness, its madness, and above all its people. Tokyo may lack architectural beauty but it has character and excitement; it is alive. I found it a mysterious and lovable city.

áş Y

1. F 2. T 3. F 4. F B.

1. D 2. B II. 1. B 2. B 123

III.1. A

2. D

3. B

4. B

5. B

6. B

7.C

8.C

IV. 1.will make

FF IC IA L

2.flying 3.have lived 4.hunting V 1.friendly

2.inconvenient

3.more beautiful

4.generous C. Reading 2.C

3.B

4.D

I. 1. A

II.

KÈ

1. It is 45km from Duong Lam village to Ha Noi . 2. The two kings whose birthplace is Duong Lam Village were Phung Hung and Ngo Quyen. 3. It is typical for villages in the midlands in the North of Vietnam 4. No, there aren’t

ẠY

1. That song is performed very beautifully( by him) 2. Mary is the most intelligent in my group

3. The more He works , the more tired he feels. 4. I have moved to Ha Noi for five years II. 1. A lion runs faster than a tortoise. 2. Which ethnic group has the largest population in Vietnam? 124

ẠY

KÈ

FF IC IA L

3. We have known each other since we have been ten years old. 4. Reading books and making crafts are the most popular activities among these teenagers

125

ẠY M

KÈ Y

Q H

N Ơ N

FF IC IA L

CONTENTS ĐỀ 2 ........................................................................................................................................ 11 ĐỀ 3 ........................................................................................................................................ 18

FF IC IA L

ĐỀ 4 ........................................................................................................................................ 25 ĐỀ 5 ........................................................................................................................................ 32 ĐỀ 6 ........................................................................................................................................ 39 ĐỀ 7 ........................................................................................................................................ 47 ĐỀ 8 ........................................................................................................................................ 54

ĐỀ 9 ........................................................................................................................................ 62 ĐỀ 10 ...................................................................................................................................... 70

ĐỀ 11 ...................................................................................................................................... 76 ĐỀ 12 ...................................................................................................................................... 84 ĐỀ 13 ...................................................................................................................................... 92

ĐỀ 14 ...................................................................................................................................... 99 ĐỀ 15 .................................................................................................................................... 107

ĐỀ 16 .................................................................................................................................... 122 ĐỀ 17 .................................................................................................................................... 130 ĐỀ 18 .................................................................................................................................... 137

ẠY

KÈ

ĐỀ 19 .................................................................................................................................... 145 ĐỀ 20 .................................................................................................................................... 153

ĐỀ 1 PART A : LISTENING I. Listen to a tour guide is talking about the schedule for a day trip to Wanaka, a town in the far south of New Zealand and choose the right answer A, B or C: You will hear

FF IC IA L

twice (unit 8- skills 2)

1. The first thing you see in Puzzling World is_____________________________. A. Lake Wanaka B. The Leaning Tower C The spacious café

2. The Illusion Room offers you____________________________________________. A. the picture of a leaning tower

B. a collection of puzzles and games

C. a collection of 3-D holograms

3. ______________________is the most photographed attraction in New Zealand.

A. The Leaning Tower

B. The Illusion Room

C. Puzzling World

4. Lake Wanaka is called _______________________________________________ . A. a natural attraction

B. a natural paradise

KÈ

C. a beauty spot

5. At Lake Wanaka you can______________________________________________.

ẠY

A. bike and walk B. drive

C. climb a mountain

II. Listen to the passage and then complete each blank with one correct word. You will listen TWICE. (SGK – Review 3: Listening) 1. Singapore has a very strict policy on keeping the ____________ clean.

2. Officers in plain clothes will blend into the crowd and spot anyone who ____________ the law. 3. Spitting out your chewing gum in the street will be fined ____________ dollars. 4. The ____________ in public places tell people what they should or shouldn’t do.

FF IC IA L

5. Children are ____________ how to behave at school and in the family.

1._____________ 2 .______________ 3.____________ 4._____________ 5._____________

PART B :LANGUAGE FOCUS

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences:

A.is

B. will be

1. It ______________ possible to save the earth if we don’t have actions right now. C. to be

D. is being

2. The USA has a population of about 304 million, and it’s the third ____________ country

B. largest

C. narrowest

A. smallest

in the word.

D. highest.

B. Where

C. How

D. Who

A. What

3. _____________ is the most common natural disaster in your country ? - Snowstorms.

4. _______________ you ever been to any English speaking countries? B. Have

C .Were

D. Are

A. Do

5. The teacher said _____________ a weak off on the occasion of the International Labor

Day.

B. we didn’t have C. we have

KÈ

A. we will have

D. we would have

6. My father is fond _________________watching football matches on TV. B. from

C. of

D. on

ẠY

A. to

7. My sister has been living in Da Lat for two years; ________________, she has never been

to Than Tho Lake. A. however

B. although

C .if

D. because

8. If people didn’t throw rubbish in the street, it ________________attractive. A. will look

B. would look

C. looked

D. was looking

9. It’s snowing. Would you like to _______________ on Saturday or Sunday ? 4

A. skiing

B. go to ski

C .go ski

D. go skiing

10. On Christmas Eve, most big cities, especially London are ______________ with coloured lights across the street and Christmas trees. A. hang

B. put

C. made

D. decorated

FF IC IA L

II. Supply the correct tense or form of the verb in parentheses:

1. American ______________________ (celebrate) thanks giving Day on the fourth Thursday of November since 1864.

2. New Zealand ____________________(divide) into the North Island and the South Island. 3. It takes me two hours __________________ (do) my home work every day.

4. While she _________________(cry), a fairy appeared .

5. Students over fifteen might _________________ (bring) a phone to school.

PART C : READING

I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered

invented

informationby

blanks:

However

working

Nowadays a lot of important inventions are carried out by scientists (1)_______

_______for large industrial firm. (2)______________,there are still opportunities for other

people to invent various things. In Britain, there is a weekly television program which attempts to show allthe various devices which people have recently (3)___________ . The

people organizing the program receive (4)______________about 700 inventions a year. New

KÈ

ideas can still be developed (5) _________private inventors. However, it is important to consider these questions. Will it be wanted? Is it new? 2…………..

3…………….

4…………..

5…………

ẠY

1………….

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following

passage :

What is the sky? Where is it? How high is it? They aren’t easy to (1)_________, are

they? Is the sky blue? The sky has no color. Is the sky full of air? We know that there is air around the (2)__________. When planes fly, they need air. Planes can’t fly very quickly 5

because when they go higher the air gets (3)__________. If we go far away from the Earth, we (4)__________ there is no air. Maybe we can answer some of our questions now. What’s the sky? (5)__________, whereis it? It’s all around the world. They sky is a space. In this space, there is nothing

B. ask

C. think

2. A. sun

B. moon

C. earth

3. A. bigger

B. heavier

C. thinner

4. A. know

B. feel

C. smell

5. A. But

B. Even

C. Or

D. know D. star

D. smaller D. touch D. And

1. A. answer

FF IC IA L

besides the Sun, the Moon and all the stars.

III. Read the following passage and do the tasks below :

Two of the most dangerous storms which affect America are hurricanes and tornadoes.

They are very much feared by anyone who may live in the path of their destruction.

Every year homes are destroyed by their fury and often lives are lost. Most people who live

near the coast are forced to evacuate their homes and to move to safer areas until the storm

passes. Floods are caused along the coasts by both the heavy rain and a storm tide that is

considerably above normal water level. The high winds, coastal flooding and heavy rains

associated with a hurricane cause enormous damage. Hurricanes usually develop between July and October. Once they hit land they carry

tremendous power with driving rain and wind.

KÈ

Tornadoes are violent low-pressured storm. These storms occur most often during the summer months and are noticeable by their strong wind and lack of rain. The sky turns black

ẠY

as dust is sucked up into the air, Tornadoes are capable of lifting quite heavy objects from the ground. They can pick up trees and cars right into the air and even uplift heavier objects such

as homes and railway cars. Both hurricanes and tornadoes cause millions of dollars worth of damage to life and

property every year. Today they can be predicted more easily than in the past but they cannot be stopped or ignored. A. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 6

1. What are two of the most dangerous storms which affect America? A. Thunderstorms and hurricanes

B. Typhoons and thunderstorms.

C. Hurricanes and tornadoes

D. Hurricanes and typhoons

2. At which part of the year do hurricanes usually develop ? B. Between July and October

C. From the seventh to the ninth month.

D. All the year round.

FF IC IA L

A. July and August only

B. Answer the questions:

1.What is the major similarity of both a hurricane and a tornado?

=>________________________________________________________________________

_ 2. When do tornadoes happen most often?

=>________________________________________________________________________

3. Is it more difficult to predict about hurricanes and tornadoes today than in the past?

=>________________________________________________________________________

PART D : WRITING

I. Rearrange the words and phrases given to make meaningful sentences. 1. Have/ ever/ been /you/ any /to/speaking/ English/ countries?

KÈ

=>________________________________________________________________________

2. The Statue /in /of /Liberty/ New York/ monument/ which /freedom /symbolises /is/ a/.

ẠY

=>________________________________________________________________________ _

3. The boss /me /how /asked/ speak/ I/ could/ languages/ many. =>________________________________________________________________________ _ 4. When /get /we /everyone /a lot/ talks/ freely/ cheerfully /and/ together/.

=>________________________________________________________________________ _ 5. Fred/ feels/uncomfortable/ always /everyone/ family/ so /quiet /is /because /in/Ann’s. =>________________________________________________________________________

FF IC IA L

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before : 1. “I try to learn hard to pass the entrance exam”.

=>Nam said_________________________________________________________________ 2. They have learnt English for four years.

=>English __________________________________________________________________

3. “What subject do you find the most difficult?’ My mother asked

=>My mother asked me _______________________________________________________

4. I don’t like to get up early and prepare breakfast on the cold winter days.

=>I hate ___________________________________________________________________

5. The laboratory in my school is now better equipped than some years ago.

=>Some years ago the laboratory_______________________________________________

III. Make sentences using the words and phrases given :

1. It/ be/ interesting/ go/ camping /friends/ the summer.

=>________________________________________________________________________ 2. Where / be /you /when /the/ earthquake /begin/ yesterday?

=>________________________________________________________________________

KÈ

3. How/ can/ you/ reduce/ waste /home? =>________________________________________________________________________

ẠY

4. There /be/ 70 /beaches/ in /Sydney/./ Bondi/ Beach/ be / most/ famous/ of/ them. =>________________________________________________________________________

5. She/ tell/ us/shut/door /but/ not /lock /it/ because/ she/ be / back/ soon. =>________________________________________________________________________

FF IC IA L O N Ơ H N Y U Q M KÈ

ĐÁP ÁN BÀI KIỂM TRA MÔN TIẾNG ANHHỌC KÍ II - LỚP 8 PART A. LISTENING

ẠY

I. Listen to the passage and choose the correct answer. 1. B

2. C

3. C

4. B

5. A

II. Listen and complete the sentences. 1. Friday

2. 8.30

3. London Hotel

4. Shindy

PART B. LANGUAGE FOCUS I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 9

5. pencils

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. B

5. D

6. C

7. A

8. B

9. D

10. D

II. Put the correct form of the verbs. 2. is divided

3. to do

4. was crying5. bring

FF IC IA L

1. celebrate

PART C. READING

I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks: 1. working

2. However

3. invented

4. information

5. by

2. C

3. C

III. Read the passage and do the tasks bellow.

4. B

5. D

1. A

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage.

2. B

1. C

A.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences:

B. Answer the questions:

1. They(Both hurricanes and tornadoes) cause millions of dollars worth of damage to life and

property every year/ They can cause great damage.

KÈ

3. No, it is not./ No.

2. They(Tornadoes) happen(occur) most often during the summer/ During the summer.

PART D. WRITING

I. Rearrange the words and phrases given to make meaningful sentences.

ẠY

1. Have you ever been to any English speaking countries? 2. The Statue of Liberty in New York is a monument which symbolises freedom.

3. The boss asked me how many languages I could speak. 4. When we get together everyone talks a lot freely and cheerfully. 5. Fred always feels uncomfortable because everyone in Ann’s family is so quiet. II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before : 1. Nam said( that) he tried to learn hard to pass the entrance exam. 10

2. English has been learnt(learned) for four years 3. My mother asked me what subject I found the most difficult. 4. I hate getting up early and preparing breakfast on the cold winter days. 5. Some years ago the laboratory in my school was worse equipped than now.

III. Make sentences using the words and phrases given :

FF IC IA L

Or : Some years ago the laboratory in my school was not as/so well equipped as now.

1. It is very interesting to go camping with friends in the summer. 2. Where were you when the earthquake began yesterday? 3. How can you reduce waste in your home?

4. There are (about) 70 beaches in Sydney. Bondi Beach is the most famous of them.

5. She told us to shut the door but not to lock it becaue she will be back soon.

ĐỀ 2 PART A. LISTENING

1. Listen to an extract from a talk about the Apollo Program and then match the

statements A – F with the spaceships. There is one statement you will NOT need to use.

More than one statement can be matched to a spaceship.

A. It brought back some materials from the moon.

B. Its crew members died because of an accident.

C. Its crew members acted in a film about themselves. D. Its accident led to major improvements of later spacecraft.

KÈ

E. Its crew members survived an accident. F. It was the first to land on the moon.

ẠY

Apollo 1: ______________ Apollo 11: ______________

Apollo 13: ______________ 2. Listen to a conversation between Andrew and George. Fill each of the blanks with no more than THREE words and/or a number. Close encounters, defined as events when someone witnesses an (1)___________________, can be classified into (2)___________________ kinds. The first three kinds were introduced 11

Giaoandethitienganh.info by Allen Hynek, an astronomer and UFO researcher. Any sightings of a UFO with some details within a distance of less than (3)___________________ are classified as the first kind. If some (4) ___________________ is involved, it’s considered the second kind. The third kind involves the presence of an (5) ___________________ like robots or humans.

FF IC IA L

PART B. LANGUAGE FOCUS

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences:

1. Alexander Graham Bell was a great __________, who invented the telephone. A. developer

B. conservationist

C. scientist

2. Teenagers often use abbreviations when __________. B. sending letters

C. talking

A. video conferencing

D. explorer

D. texting

A. have

3. I’d be over the moon if I __________ a chance to go to Disneyland in California. B. had

C. will have

D. would have

B. By the time

A. Until

4. ____________we got to the cinema, the film had started. C. After

D. While

5. Hundreds of people were made__________after the flood. B. helpless

A. homeles

C. careless

D. endless

6. Jack managed __________ with his family in England by using Zalo. B. to contact

A. contact

C. contacting

7. -“Noone was killed in the forest fire two days ago.”

KÈ

A. Oh dear!

B. That’s shocking.

D. to contacting

- “__________”

C. That’s a relief.

D. How terrible!

8. All our English teachers are __________speakers.

ẠY

A. native

B. original

C. foreign

D. orginally

9. The roof of the building _____________ in a storm a few days ago. A. damaged

B. was damaged

C. has damaged

D. has

been damaged 10. Astronauts said that humans __________ find some way to communicate with aliens. 12

Giaoandethitienganh.info A. ought B. might

C. will

D. did

II. Supply the corect tense or form of the verb in parentheses. 1. This time tomorrow I (chat) _______________with my cousin in Sydney on Skype. 2. After the floodwaters (go) ______________down, people cleaned their house.

FF IC IA L

3. The teacher told his students (stop) ______________ making noise.

4.If people really cared about the environment, they (not/ dump) _______ waste into the lake. 5. They didn’t mind (work)______________ late to complete the task. PART C. READING

I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks.

busy – exhausts – proved– quickly – In

Air pollution is caused of ill health in human beings. (1) __________a lot of countries,

there are laws limiting the amount of smoke which factories can produce. Doctors have (2)

__________ that air pollution causes lung diseases. The gases from the (3) __________ of cars

have also increased air pollution in most cities. The lead in petrol produces a poisonous gas, which is often collected in (4) __________ streets circled by high buildings. Children who live

in areas where there is a lot of lead in the atmosphere can not think as (5) __________ as other

children, and are clumsy when they use their hands.

5.______________

1.______________ 2. ______________ 3 .______________ 4.______________

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage.

KÈ

Computers are helpful (1) _________ many ways. First, they are fast. They can work with information even (2) _________ quickly than a person. Second, computers can work with a lot of

ẠY

information at the same time. Third, they can keep information for a long time. They (3) __________ forget things that the common people do. (4) __________, computers are almost

always correct. They are not perfect, but they usually do not (5) _________ mistakes. 1. A. in

B. on

C. at

D. over

2. A. much

B. rather

C. more

D. less

C. should not

D. do not

3. A. might not

B. must not 13

Giaoandethitienganh.info 4. A. However B. Moreover

C. Otherwise

5. A. do

C. have

B. make

D. Nevertheless D. take

III. Read the following passage and do the tasks below. Almost a hundred thousand people were killed and half a million homes destroyed as a

FF IC IA L

result of an earthquake in Tokyo in 1923. The earthquake began a minute before noon when the inhabitants of Tokyo were cooking their midday meals. Thousands of stoves were overturned as soon as the earth began to shake.

As a result, small fires broke out everywhere and quickly spread. The fire engines were prevented from going to help because many of the roads had cracked open. It was impossible to

use fire fighting equipment as most of the water pipes had burst. Consequently, over ninety

percent of the damage was caused by fire rather than by the collapse of the buildings. Most of

those who died were not killed in the earthquake itself but in the fires, which followed. If the earthquake had occurred at night while people were sleeping, far fewer would have died.

A. Answer the following questions.

1. How many people were killed after the earthquake?

___________________________________________________________________

2. Why were the engines prevented from going to help?

__________________________________________________________________

3. Was it possible to use fighting equipment? __________________________________________________________________

KÈ

B. Choose the correct answer. 4. When did the earthquake start? B. before noon

C. at night

D. after midday meals

ẠY

A. in the afternoon

5. What was the main cause of the damage and death of most people? A. The roads

B. The collapse of the building

C. The water pipes

D. The fire 14

Giaoandethitienganh.info PART D. WRITING I. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before. 1. Global warming has caused many natural disasters. Many natural disasters__________________________________________________

FF IC IA L

2. After she had explained everything clearly, we started our work.

Before we_____________________________________________________________ 3. I can’t come because I have to help my dad with something.

If I_____________________________________________________________________ 4. Although he took a taxi, he still arrived late for school.

In spite of______________________________________________________________

5. “I am going to join the Science Club.”, said Nam

Nam said_______________________________________________________________ II. Rearrange the words/phrases to make complete sentences.

1. had / better / rubbish / on / We / streets. / not / throw / the

_______________________________________________________________________

2. Our car / by / a mechanic / will / tomorrow morning. / be / serviced

_______________________________________________________________________

3. been / ever / an / you / English / Have / speaking / to/ country?

_______________________________________________________________________ 4. lots / grammatical mistakes / in / I / my / writing. / made /of

KÈ

_______________________________________________________________________ 5. was / a / There / lastnight. / in / typhoon / Nam Dinh province

ẠY

_______________________________________________________________________ III. Make sentences using the words and phrases given.

1. They / asked / whether / there / be /water / Mars. _______________________________________________________________________ 2. What / happen / if / we / not / save / natural resources? _______________________________________________________________________ 15

Giaoandethitienganh.info 3. Thanks to / progress / science and technology, / human life /change / better and better / recently. _______________________________________________________________________ 4. New York / be / biggest / city / the USA, / but / not / the capital.

5. Noise pollution / big cities / can / lead / hearing / problems.

FF IC IA L

_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________ ĐÁP ÁN MÔN: TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 (HỌC KÌ II) PART A. LISTENING

1. Listen to an extract from a talk about the Apollo Program and then match the

statements A – F with the spaceships. There is one statement you will NOT need to use.

More than one statement can be matched to a spaceship.

Apollo 1: B, D

Apollo 11: A, F

Apollo 13: E

II. 2. Listen to a conversation between Andrew and George. Fill each of the blanks with

no more than THREE words and/or a number.

(1) unidentified flying object (2) seven (7)

(3) 500 (five hundred) feet

KÈ

(4) physical effect

(5) animated creature

ẠY

PART B. LANGUAGE FOCUS I. Choose the best option to complete each sentence. Circle A, B, C or D.

1. C 6. B

2. D

3. B

4. B

5. A

7. C

8. A

9. B

10. B

II. Put the verbs in brackets in the correct form. 1. will be chatting

2. had gone 16

Giaoandethitienganh.info 3. to stop

4. would not dump / wouldn’t dump

5. working PART C. READING

1. In

2. proved

3. exhausts

FF IC IA L

I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks. 4. busy

5. quickly

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage. 1. A

2. C

3. D

4. B

III. Read the passage and do the following tasks below.

A. Answer the following questions.

5. B

1. Almost a hundred thousand (people). / Almost a hundred people were killed (after the

earthquake). 2. Because many of the roads had cracked open.

3. No. / No, it wasn’t.

5. D

4. B

B. Choose the correct answer.

PART D. WRITING

I. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before.

1. Many natural disasters have been caused by global warning. 2. Before we started our work, she had explained everything clearly.

KÈ

3. If I did not / didn’t have to help my dad with something, I could/ would come. 4. In spite of taking a taxi, he still arrived late for school.

ẠY

5. Nam said (that) he was going to join the Science Club. II. Re-arrange the words / phrases to make complete sentences.

1. We had better not throw rubbish on the streets. 2. Our car will be serviced by a mechanic tomorrow mmorning. 3. Have you ever been to an English speaking country? 4. I made lots of grammatical mistakes in my writing. 17

Giaoandethitienganh.info 5. There was a typhoon in Nam Dinh province last night III. Make sentences, using the words and phrases given. 1. They asked whether there was water on Mars. 2. What will happen if we don’t / do not save natural resources?

recently. 4. New York is the biggest city in USA, but not the capital.

FF IC IA L

3. Thanks to the progress of science and technology, human life has changed better and better

5. Noise pollution in (the) big cities can lead to hearing problems.

THE END

ĐỀ 3 PART A- LISTENING

Question I: Listen to the interview between a magazine reporter and Dr. Minh Vu about

netiquette and decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F). Tick (√) T (true) or F (false).

Statements

1. Netiquette is a set of rules for behaving properly offline. 2. People we’re communication with online are unreal people.

3. CAPS LOCK can be used in emails, posts and comment whenever we like.

KÈ

4. Using shorthand shouldn’t be used as it can cause confusion. Question II: Listen to the conversation and complete the sentences. Fill in each blank with

ẠY

NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS from the recording. 1. Developing ways to get better productivity in farming will help feed the…….on earth.

2. We may be able to live on other planets, so ………won’t be a problem anymore. 3. On the other hand, robots will bring …………….. 4. High …………. in farming may destroy the environment PART B- LANGUAGE FORCUS 18

Giaoandethitienganh.info I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 1. It’s recommended that we become more concerned ___________the environment around us. A. of

B. to

C. about

D. with

A. pollute

B. polluted

FF IC IA L

2. Air ____________ together with littering, is causing many problems in our cities today. C. polluting

D. pollution

3. In the United States, there are 50____________ and six different time zones across the country. A. states

B. nations

C. towns

D. countries

B. are

C. were

D. was

A. is

4. When a typhoon happened, many houses and roads ____________ destroyed or flooded.

A. What

5. ____________ is the most common natural disaster in your country? B. Which

C. How

D. Who

B. Are

A. Do

6. ____________ you ever been to any English speaking countries? C. Were

D. Have

7. If you ____________ yourself well, your parents will be happy. B. behaved

A. behaves

C. behave

D. behaving

8. He regretted not ____________ goodbye to his girlfriend at the airport. B. say

A. to say

C. said

D. to saying

9. If I ____________ you, I would see the doctor immediately.

KÈ

A. am

B. were

C. was

D. will be

10. The teacher said ____________ a week off on the occasion of the International Labor Day.

ẠY

A. we will have

B. we did have

C. we have

D. we would have

II. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form.

1. The famous Sydney Opera House (serve) ___________________as an arts centre since 1973. 2. Ten new houses (build) ________________________in the town every year. 3. This time next year Phuc (learn) ________________________a new language. 19

Giaoandethitienganh.info 4. Where she (go) ________________________now? 5. We (play) ________________________badminton with our friends every day.

PART C- READING

FF IC IA L

I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks: conducted - drastically - destruction - referring - for

Land pollution, in other words, means degradation or(1) ………………………… of the Earth’s surface and soil, directly or indirectly as a result of human activities. Anthropogenic activities are(2) …………………… citing development, and the same affects the land

(3)……………………., we witness land pollution; by drastic we are (4)…………………… to

any activity that lessens the quality and/or productivity of the land as an ideal place

(5)…………………….. agriculture, forestation, construction, etc. The degradation of land that

could be used constructively, in other words, is land pollution.

1. _____________ 2. ____________ 3. ____________ 4. ______________ 5._____________

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage:

Earthquakes are the shaking, rolling or sudden shock of the earth’s surface. They are the

Earth's (1) _____________ means of releasing stress. There are about 20 plates along the

surface of the earth that move continuously and slowly past each other. (2) _____________the

KÈ

plates squeeze or stretch, huge rocks form at their edges and the rocks shift with great force, causing an earthquake. Think of it this way: Imagine holding a pencil horizontally. If you were to apply a (3) _____________ to both ends of the pencil by pushing down on them, you would

ẠY

see the pencil bend. After enough force was applied, the pencil would break in the (4)

_____________, releasing the stress you have put on it. The Earth's crust acts in the same way. As the plates (5) _____________ they put forces on themselves and each other. When the force is large enough, the crust is forced to break. When the break occurs, the stress is released 20

C. good

D. natural

2. A. When

B. Unless

C. If

D. While

3. A. pressure

B. stress

C. force

D. power

4. A. end

B. middle

C. right

D. left

5. A. move

B. break

C. roll

D. run

FF IC IA L

Giaoandethitienganh.info 1. A. usual B. unnatural

III. Read the following passage and Choose the best option for each statement.

Have you ever wondered what the weather is like in other places around the world? Today, I’d like to talk about the changing seasons in my city. The winter season usually begins in December and ends in early March. The coldest month is January, and temperatures can drop

below freezing for most of this month. The city usually averages about 30 inches of snow during

this 3-month period. Occasionally, we have snow storms that can drop a foot of snow in a very

short period of time. Spring usually arrives in late March, it’s a beautiful season because the flowers start to bloom. It is sometimes windy, and this is great for flying kites. People in my city

often like to go on picnics, stroll though parks, and play outdoor games. Summer starts in June

and it’s very dry with little rain throughout the season. Fortunately, the weather is very dry with

low humidity, so it is real pleasant even on hot days. And finally, summer changes to fall in late

September when the weather cools off, and the trees begin to change colors. A lot of people

enjoy driving into the mountains and viewing the fall colors.

1. The passage is about………………… A.the changing seasons B. summer

C. winter

D. flowers

C. December

D. January

KÈ

2. Which month is the coldest one in the winter? A. February

B. March

ẠY

3. The winter season usually begins in …………………

A. December

B. March

C.November

D. January

4.Spring is a great season for …………………………… A. cycling

B. jogging

C. flying kites

D. games

5. Summer changes to fall in late …………………… A. June

B. March 21

C. December

D. September

Giaoandethitienganh.info PART D- WRITING I. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before: 1. They are going to plant a lot of trees in the school yard. 2. I don’t have enough money, so I can’t buy this motorbike.

FF IC IA L

→ A lot of ……………………………….…………………………. → If………………………………………………..…………………

3. Although they were tired, they tried to finish their project on time. → In spite of………………………………………………………… 4. “We may go sightseeing in Sapa next week.”

→ My friends told me that……………………………………………….

5. His room is untidy, so his mother is unhappy.

→ Because……………………………………………………………. II. Rearrange the sentences using the following words:

1. about/ presentation/ water/ about/ air pollution?/ How/ and/ giving/ a/

………………………………………………………………………………………

2. is/ water/ for/ There/ on Earth./ plentiful/ life/

……………………………………………………………………………………… 3. I/ ride/ bike./ primary school,/ started/ had learnt/ how/ By/ I/ the time/ a/ to/

KÈ

……………………………………………………………………………………… 4. stay/ City/ three/ We’ve/ for/ in/ decided/ Ho Chi Minh/ days./ to/

ẠY

……………………………………………………………………………………… 5. Mars/ in/ Scientists/ planning/ to explore/ future./ are/ people/ to send/ the near/

……………………………………………………………………………………… III. Make sentences using the words and phrases given: 1. I/ live/ on/ outskirts/ a city/ Viet Nam/now./ ……………………………………………………………………………………… 22

Giaoandethitienganh.info 2. English/speak/ all/ the world./ ……………………………………………………………………………………… 3. Kangaroo/ be/ symbol/ Australia./

FF IC IA L

……………………………………………………………………………………… 4. Lena/ enjoy/ chat/ the phone/ her friends./

………………………………………………………………………………………

5. Nick/ will/ not/ able/ go/ cinema/ at/ 2.30 p.m./ this Sunday/ because/ be/ having/ class./

THE END

………………………………………………………………………………………

ĐÁP ÁN MÔN: TIẾNG ANH – LỚP 8

PART A. LISTENING

Question I: Listen to the interview between a magazine reporter and Dr. Minh Vu about

netiquette and decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F). Tick (√) T (true) or

2. T

3. T

4. F

1. T

F (false).

Question II: Listen to the conversation and complete the sentences. Fill in each blank with

NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS from the recording.

KÈ

1. growing population

2. overcrowding 3. unemployment 4. yields PART B- LANGUAGE FORCUS

ẠY

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 1. C 2. D 3. A 4. C 5. B 6. D 7. C 8.A

9.B

10. D

II. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form. 1. has served

2. are built 3. will be learning

4. is she going

5. play

PART C- READING I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks: 23

Giaoandethitienganh.info 1.destruction 2.conducted 3.drastically

5.for

FF IC IA L

4.referring

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage : 1. D

2. A

3. C

4. B

5. A

III. Read the following passage and do the tasks below :

PART D - WRITING

I. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before:

1. A lot of trees are going to be planted in the school yard.

2. If I had enough money, I could buy this motorbike. 3. In spite of their tiredness, they tried to finish their project on time./ In spite of being tired,

they tried to finish their project on time.

4. My friends told me that they might go sightseeing in Sapa the next week/ the following

week.

5. Because his room is untidy, his mother is unhappy.

KÈ

II. Rearrange the sentences using the following words: 1. How about giving a presentation about water and air pollution? 2. There is plentiful water for life on Earth.

ẠY

3. By the time I started primary school, I had learnt how to ride a bike. 4. We’ve decided to stay in Ho Chi Minh City for three days.

5. Scientists are planning to send people to explore Mars in the near future. III. Make sentences using the words and phrases given: 1. I am living on the outskirts of a city in Viet Nam now. 2. English is spoken all over the world. 24

Giaoandethitienganh.info 3. Kangaroo is a symbol of Australia. 4. Lena enjoys chatting on the phone with her friends. 5. Nick will not be able to go to the cinema at 2.30 p.m. this Sunday because he will be having a class.

FF IC IA L

Nick won’t be able to go to the cinema at 2.30 p.m. this Sunday because he’ll be having a class. THE END

ĐỀ 4 PART A : LISTENING

Question 1. Listen to the passage and tick T(true) or F( false).

1. Many poor people in developing country have little electricity.

2. Biogas is a new source of energy available for poor people .

3. Biogas creates smoke. 4. Biogas is costly.

Question 2. Listen to the passage and choose the correct answer.

A. traffic jams

1. The most common traffic problem in cities around the world is …………. . B. traffic lamps

C. traffic laws

2. São Paulo in Brazil has …………. .

KÈ

A. a large population

B. good record

C. the worst traffic jams

3. Big cities often suffer from serious congestion ………… . A. every day

B. in the rush hour

C. in the evening

ẠY

4. The main cause of the problem is …………….. .

A. increase in population

B. poor-quality roads

C. narrow roads

PART B :LANGUAGE FOCUS

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 1. What can be done to protect people from __________ disasters? 25

Giaoandethitienganh.info A. environment B. environmental

C. environmentally

D. environmentalist

2. All our English teachers are __________ speakers. A. native

B. original

C. foreign

D. foreigns

3. The heavy rain has caused __________ in many parts of the country. B. floods

C. drought

D. flood

FF IC IA L

A. storms

4. Science is used in all corners of the world for the __________ of people. A. interest

B. need

C. profits

D. benefit

5. The new invention could have a wide range of __________ in industry. A. applications

B. concerns

C. goodness

D. advance

B. unfriendly

C. healthy

D. poison

A. poisonous

6. Too much carbon dioxide in the air can be __________ for humans to breathe.

7. Teenagers often use abbreviations when ___________. A. texting

B. video conferencing

C. sending letters

D. talking

B. science

A. developments

8. The ___________ in technology allow astronomers to know more about outer space. C. exploration

D. discovery

9. To generate cheap and clean energy, instead of burning fossil fuels, scientists have

B. solar panels

A. oil

developed____.

C. electricity

D. coal burning

10. Mary wondered if Neptune __________ larger than Saturn. A. was

B. being

C. is

D. be

KÈ

II. Supply the corect tense or form of the verb in parentheses: 1. He intends (stay) _________________ there for at least three years.

ẠY

2. If you use robots to do the housework, you (become) ________________ lazy and you won’t get enough exercise.

3. Chess (play) ________________ for around two thousand years. 4. If there (be) _________________ more trees in this area, the air would be fresher. 5. This time tomorrow I (chat ) __________________ with my cousin in Sydney on Skype. PART C : READING 26

Giaoandethitienganh.info I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks: best-known – wonders – construct – designed – symbol This statue of Jesus, one of the new seven (1)………………….. of the world, stands some 38 meters tall, atop the Corcovado mountain overlooking Rio de Janeiro.

FF IC IA L

(2)………………..by Brazilian Heitor da Silva Costa and created by French sculptor Paul Landowski, it is one of the world’s (3)……………………….monuments. The statue took five years to (4)…………………. and was inaugurated on October 12, 1931. It has become a (5)………………. of the city and of the warmth of the Brazilian people, who receive visitors with open arms.

4____________

1____________ 2_____________ 3___________

5_____________

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage

: Hi Liam,

How are you? I’m happy to share with you some good news about my village. There have been some changes (1)_____________ your visit last year.

Last week I came back to my village and was really surprised. You know what? The lake is

not (2)______________ anymore. The factory has installed a new filtration system to treat the

(3)_____________ waste. I saw lots of small fish in the lake and wild ducks swimming in the

water. Besides, they have planted trees around the factory to (4)_____________ air pollution. Since some villagers are in the habit of littering, people have placed dustbins in various

KÈ

places. This has (5)______________ in a much cleaner environment. My grandparents say that at weekends the villagers also go around the village together to collect rubbish.

ẠY

What about your neighbourhood? Has anything been done to make it cleaner? Tell me all

about it in your next email.

Bye for now, Mi

1. A. for

B. since

C. after

D. before

2. A. pollute

B. polluting

C. pollutant 27

D. polluted

Giaoandethitienganh.info 3. A. chemical B. chemistry

C. physics

D. physical

4. A. increase

B. rise

C. reduce

D. fall

5. A. caused

B. led

C. made

D. resulted

III. Read the following passage and do the tasks below :

FF IC IA L

Alaska is perhaps the most amazing state in the USA. It has coastlines facing both the Arctic Ocean and the Pacific Ocean. This state has an incredible three million lakes. That’s four lakes per person living there.

Many cities in Alaska cannot be reached by road, sea, or river. The only way to get in and out is by air, on foot, or by dogsled. That’s why Alaska has the busiest sea airport in the

world, Lake Hood Seaplane Base. Nearly two hundred floatplanes take off and land on the

water of this airport every day. It’s really a fun scene to watch.

Alaska is called the Land of the Midnight Sun because in summer, the sun does not set for nearly three months. But in winter the sun stays almost unseen.

All Alaskans take special pride in their beautiful and unique state.

A. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences:

1. Which method below can always be used to reach a place in Alaska?

A. by air

C. by river

B. by road D. by sea

A. in winter

2. In Alaska we can always see the sun __________.

KÈ

C. every month of the year

B. in summer D. at midday

B. Answer the questions:

ẠY

1. What is Alaska? ……………………………………………………………………………………………………

2. Where do floatplanes take off and land? …………………………………………………………………………………………………… . 3. How do the Alaskans feel about their state? 28

Giaoandethitienganh.info …………………………………………………………………………………………………... PART D : WRITING I. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before : 1. “I like to do physics experiments.”

FF IC IA L

-> He said that ……………………………………………………………………………… 2. Global warming has caused many natural disasters.

-> Many natural disasters ……………………………………………………………………. 3. Noise pollution happens. There is a change in animals’living pattern.

-> Noise pollution causes ……………………………………………………………………

4. People throw rubbish in the street. The street doesn’t look attractive.

-> If people didn’t ……………………………………………………………………………

5. All flights had to be cancelled as a result of the pilots’ sudden strike. -> The pilots suddenly went on a strike, so ………………………………………………….

II. Rearrange the word/phrases given to make complete sentences

1. English speakers/ increasing/ The/ fast/ of/ number/ world/ is/ the/ in/./

…………………………………………………………………………………………………

2. New York/ the/ but/ capital/ is/ city/,/ the USA/ the/ in/ not/ biggest/./

->………………………………………………………………………………………………… 3. aliens/ wanted to know/ Dean/ could communicate/ if/ verbally/./

KÈ

->………………………………………………………………………………………………… 4. is/ country fair/ entertainment/ at/ Pig-racing/ for/ a/ often/ held/./

ẠY

->………………………………………………………………………………………………… 5. reduce/ home/ How/ in/ you/ waste/ can/ your/?/

->………………………………………………………………………………………………… III. Make sentences using the words and phrases given : 1. If / I / be / you,/ I/ plant / vegetables / garden/./ …………………………..…………………………..………………………………… 29

Giaoandethitienganh.info 2. Your cheque / send / last Friday and / should / deliver/ to you tomorrow/./ …………………………..…………………………..………………………………… 3. Most / people / not know / where / their/ plastic/ waste/ go /./ …………………………..…………………………..………………………………....

FF IC IA L

4. That / be / terrible / earthquake / but / luckily / we / survive /./

…………………………..…………………………..…………………………………. 5. Sydney / be / largest / city / Australia / with / population / of 4.4 million /./

ẠY

KÈ

…………………………..…………………………..………………………………....

Giaoandethitienganh.info ĐÁP ÁN MÔN : TIẾNG ANH - LỚP 8 - HỌC KÌ II

FF IC IA L

PART A. LISTENING Question 1: Listen to the passage and tick T(true) or F( false). (4 points) 1. T

2. T

3. F

4. F

Question 2: Listen to the passage and choose the correct answer.(4 points) 1. A

2. C

3. B

4. A

PART B. LANGUAGE FOCUS I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 3. B

6. A

7. A

8. A

5. A 10. A

3. has been played 4. were

5. will be chatting

9. B

II. Put the correct form of the verbs. 1. to stay 2. will become

4. D

2. A

1. B

PART C. READING

2. Designed

1. Wonders

I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks: 3.best-known

4.construct

5.symbol

2. D

3. A

4. C

KÈ

1. B

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage.

III. Read the passage and do the tasks bellow. A.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences:

ẠY

1. A

2. B

B. Answer the questions: 1. (Alaska/ It is) a state in the USA. 2. (Floatplanes/ They take off and land) at Lake Hood Seaplane Base 3. They are/ feel proud. 31

5. D

Giaoandethitienganh.info PART D. WRITING I. Rewrite the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one. 1. He said that he liked to do physics experiments. 3. Noise pollution causes a change in animals’living pattern.

FF IC IA L

2. Many natural disasters have been caused by global warming.

4. If people didn’t throw rubbish in the street, it would look attractive

5. The pilots suddenly went on a strike, so all flights had to be cancelled. II. Rearrange the word/phrases given to make complete sentences

1. The number of English speakers in the world is increasing fast.

2. New York is the biggest city in the USA, but not the capital.

3. Dean wanted to know if aliens could communicate verbally. 4. Pig-racing is often held at a country fair for entertainment.

5. How can you reduce waste in your home?

III. Make up sentences, using the words and phrases given.

1. If I were/ was you, I would plant vegetables in the garden. 2. Your cheque was sent last Friday and should be delivered to you tomorrow.

3. Most people don’t know where their plastic waste goes.

4. That was a terrible earthquake but luckily we survived.

ẠY

KÈ

5. Sydney is the largest city in Australia with a population of 4.4 million.

ĐỀ 5 PART A: LISTENING

1. Listen to the announcement. Fill each of the gaps with the ONE word and/or a number. You will listen TWICE.

Organization

Phone number

Commercial activities

local council

1. ________

Transportation activities

2. ________ control

131454

Public events

national entertainment

3. ________

Military vessels

navy department

Residential areas

5. ________ police

FF IC IA L

Giaoandethitienganh.info Source of noise

4. ________ 133666

2. Listen to a conversation between two friends. Decide if the statements are true (T) or

false (F). Circle T or F. You will listen TWICE.

1. Mike wants to go to Canada for holiday.

T F

2. Toronto is a multi-cultural city.

T F

3. Mike has been to all three cities.

T F

4. Toronto people are slow paced.

5. Montreal has a light French-Canadian influence.

PART B: LANGUAGE FOCUS

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C,or D to complete the sentences: 1 . …………. turning off the TV and lights, they went to bed. B. In front of

C. Before

A. Behind

D. After

KÈ

2. I ………….a lot of information about her recently. A. have learnt

B. would learn

C. learnt

D. will learn

C. although

D. in spite of

ẠY

3. She failed the test ……………she studied hard. A. as

B. despite

4. If you were the president, what . . . . . you do to help the environment ? A. will

B. would

C. do

D. are

5. The Statue of Liberty is a major monument in New York which…. freedom. A. attracts

B. symbolises

C. decides 33

D. understands

Giaoandethitienganh.info 6. An example of a natural disaster is a……………. A. rain

B. sunlight

C. thunder

D. tornado

7. Hundreds of people were made …………. after the flood. A. helpless

B. homeless

C. careless

D. careful

A. watched

B. was watching

C. watch

9. He will go out tonight, …. he? A. won’t

C.isn’t

B.does

FF IC IA L

8.While I ………………the performance, I met one of my old friends.

D. am watching D. will

10.A custom is something that has become an ……………. way of doing things. B. to accept

C. accepting

A. to be accept

D. accepted

II. Supply the correct tense or form of the verbs in parentheses:

1. If you (drink)…………… more water, you won’t have any more health problems. 2. The doctor advised him ( give up ) ……………….. smoking

3. My uncle (not/ be) ………………. out of his house since he bought a color TV.

4. We ( have)………………… a party when he came.

5. They ( visit)……………………. Hue by this time next week.

PART C: READING

diseases

pollution

emission

upgrading

environment

I. Read the following passge and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks:

KÈ

If you wander on the streets of Ha Noi, the capital of Viet Nam, you may be surprised that most people are wearing masks, hiding their faces. This is because of serious air 1.

ẠY

____________ in this city. Between March 1 and 4, 2016, the air quality index of Ha Noi, as measured by the US Embassy in Ha Noi was over 350. At this level, air pollution can cause

lots of respiratory 2. ___________, especially to children and the elderly. The major cause of air pollution in Ha Noi is traffic. Due to the increasing number of motorcycles and cars in the last decade, the 3. ____________ of chemical exhausts has been on a constant rise. Another reason is urban construction, including road 4. ____________ projects and residential 34

Giaoandethitienganh.info buildings. People have to live with the dust and dirt throughout the city. Environmental experts have warned that if the city continues to develop its economy with little regard to the 5.__________, the consequence will be tragic. II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage:

FF IC IA L

There are many ways of spending free time (1) ________ Australia. Some people are (2) _______ of skiing in Snowy Mountain or riding a surfboard in Queensland. Others love watching Kangaroos and Koalas in Wild forests. My sister says she only enjoys (3) ________ Sydney from the skywalk. But I myself like going to Sydney Opera House where the great opera singers of the world can (4) ________ heard. If you are bored with listening to the opera singing,

there will always be at least two (5) ________ three other shows to suit your taste. B. at

C. of

2. A. keen

B. interested

C. surprised

3. A. watch

B. watches

4. A. been

B. being

5. A. if

B. or

1. A. in

D. for D. fond D. watched

C. be

D. to be

C. but

D. so

C. watching

III. Read the following passage to do the tasks below:

Vietnam's New Year is celebrated according to the Lunar calendar. It is officially known

as Tet Nguyen Dan, or Tet. It begins between January twenty-first and February nineteen. The

exact date changes from year to year. Vietnamese people usually make preparations for the holiday several weeks beforehand. They tidy their houses, cook special food, clean and make

KÈ

offerings on the family altars. On the New Year's Eve, people sit up to midnight to see the New Year in. Then they put on new clothes and give one another the greetings of the season.Tet lasts

ẠY

about ten days. The first three days are the most important. Vietnamese people believe that how people act during those days will influence the whole year. As a result, they make every effort

to avoid arguments and smile as much as possible. A. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D. 1. Tet lasts about……………………………….. A. The first three days

B, three days

C. ten days 35

D.five days

Giaoandethitienganh.info 2. Vietnam's New Year is celebrated according to the…………………………… A. Tet Nguyen Dan

B. Lunar calendar

C. holiday

D. New Year's Eve

B. Answer the questions. 1. Is Vietnam's New Year known as Tet Nguyen Dan?

2. When does the Lunar New Year begin?

FF IC IA L

…………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………… 3. Why do people sit up to midnight?

……………………………………………………………………………………..

PART D: WRITING

1. You should water these flowers regularly.

I. Complete the second sentences so that it means the same as the sentence before:

->These flowers should ……………………………………………

2. I last visited London was two years ago.

-> I haven’t………………………………………………………………………….……..

3. During dinner, the phone rang.

->While I ……………………………………………………………

4. What a pity! I don’t have a bike. ->I wish…………………………………………………………………………….………..

KÈ

5. “ I am having a workshop on the Environment now”, Peter said. -> Peter said that……………………………………………………………….…………..

ẠY

II. Make sentences using the words and phrases:

1. How about/ give/ presentation/ water/ air/ pollution? ………………………………………………………………………………………….

2. His summer camp/ close/ July 16th/ last year ………………………………………………………………………………………… 3. you/ finish/ your homework/ yet ? 36

Giaoandethitienganh.info ………………………………………………………………………………………. 3. The foreigner/ said/ he/ not / know/ way/ My Dinh stadium ………………………………………………………………………………………… 4. Mars/ be / called/ the Red Planet/ because/ its reddish surface.

FF IC IA L

………………………………………………………………………………………… III. Write an imaginary report (60-80 words) of your encounter with an unidentified flying object (UFO). You should write about: - When you saw it

- What it looked like

- If it had any effects on you or the surrounding

- How you felt about it

THE END

PART A: LISTENING

KÈ

ĐÁP ÁN MÔN TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8- HỌC KỲ II

1. Listen to the announcement. Fill each of the gaps with the ONE word and/or a

ẠY

number. You will listen TWICE.

Key:

1. 130243 2. traffic 3. 123955 37

Giaoandethitienganh.info 4. 132749 5. assistance 2. Listen to a conversation between two friends. Decide if the statements are true (T) or

1. F

2. T

3. T

4. F

5. F

FF IC IA L

false (F). Circle T or F. You will listen TWICE.

PART B: LANGUAGE FOCUS

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C,or D to complete the sentences: 2-A

3- C

4- B

6- D

7- B

8- B

9- A

5- B

1- D

10- D

II. Supply the correct tense or form of the verbs in parentheses:

1. drink 2. to give up 3. hasn’t been 4. were having 5. will be visiting

PART C: READING

1. pollution

2. diseases

I. Read the following passge and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks: 3. emission

4. upgrading

5. environment

1- A 2- D 3- C 4- C 5- B

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage:

III. Read the following passage to do the tasks below:

KÈ

1- C 2- B

A. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D.

B. Answer the questions. 1. Yes./ Yes, it is.

ẠY

2.( It/The Lunar New Year begins) between January twenty-first and February nineteen.

3. People sit up to midnight to see the New Year in./ To see the New Year in. PART D: WRITING

I. Complete the second sentences so that it means the same as the sentence before: 1. You should water these flowers regularly. ->These flowers should be watered regularly. 38

Giaoandethitienganh.info 2. I last visited London was two years ago. -> I haven’t visited Lon Don for two years. 3. During dinner, the phone rang. ->While I was having dinner, the phone rang.

FF IC IA L

4. What a pity! I don’t have a bike. ->I wish I had a bike.

5. “ I am having a workshop on the Environment now”, Peter said.

-> Peter said that he was having a workshop on the Environment then. II. Make sentences using the words and phrases:

1. How about giving a presentation on water and air pollution?

2. His summer camp closed on July 16th last year.

3. Have you finished your homework yet?

4. The foreigner said that he did not know the way to My Dinh stadium.

5. Mars is called the Red Planet because of its reddish surface.

III. Write an imaginary report (60-80 words) of your encounter with an unidentified

KÈ

flying object (UFO). ( Students’ answer)

THE END

ĐỀ 6 PART A : LISTENING

1. Listen to a school teacher talking about cyber-bullying. Fill each of the gaps with no

ẠY

more than TWO words. You will listen TWICE.

The Internet is said to be one of the most amazing (1)____________ that humans have

made. Since its appearance, the Internet has been so popular that nearly everyone uses it or knows about it. However, the Internet can be a scary place, especially because of cyberbullying. Open any (2)____________ these days and you will see a story about this cyber39

Giaoandethitienganh.info bullying. It’s a really nasty and growing problem. Cyber-bullies are real cowards. They hide behind their computers and scare people, send them hate mail or threaten them. Even worse is when they (3) ____________ pictures of their victims online. I have a friend who had a bad time at the hands of a cyber-bully. The cyber-bully (4)____________ lots of gossips and lies

FF IC IA L

on the Internet. My friend’s reputation was badly damaged. You may wonder how cyberbullying starts at school. Many schoolchildren physically bully others in class and then continue doing it online. Their victim isn’t safe anywhere. It is high time we (5) ____________ to stop cyber-bullying.

2. Listen to a talk between Tom and Nick about cloning technology. Decide if the

1. Tom read about human cloning technology yesterday.

statements are true (T) or false (F). Circle T or F. You will listen TWICE.

2. Nick also knows well about this. 3. Nick feels this is a terrible technology.

4. Tom says that this technology can be used for good purposes.

5. Tom thinks this technology is wonderful because it helps people to have

babies.

PART B :LANGUAGE FOCUS

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 1.Science is used in all conners of the world for the_________of people.

KÈ

A. interest

B. need

C. profits

D.benefits

2. _________we were in town, we often met him.

ẠY

A. For

B. Although

C. So

D. When

3. _________your homework finished last night? A. Was

B. Did

C.Are

D. Do

4. He shouted and looked _________at me when I broke the vase. A. angry

B. angrier

C. angrily

5. They decided to go out _________ it rained heavily. 40

D. angryly

Giaoandethitienganh.info A. but B. and

C. although

D. because

6. John is interested _________ the history of Vietnam. A. in

B. with

C. to

D. on

7 . _________ turning off the TV and lights, they went to bed. B. In front of

C.Before

8. I _________a lot of information about her recently. A. have learnt

B. would learn

C. learnt

D. After

FF IC IA L

A. Behind

D. will learn

9. You should buy the blue sweater. It suits you _________ than the red one. A. good

B. well

C. better

D. the best

B.friendless

C.friendly

D.friendship

A.friend

10. Vietnamese people are very _________ and hospitable.

II. Supply the corect tense or form of the verb in parentheses:

1. Chess (play)________________for around two thousand years

2. My uncle (not/ be) ________________ out of his house since he bought a color TV.

3. Nam (watch) TV________________ now.

4. He said that he (go) _________ to Ha Noi the next day.

PART C : READING

5. The doctor advised him ( give up ) ________________ smoking

KÈ

I. Read the following passge and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks:

ẠY

like/ movement/ destroyed/ abrupt/ disasters/ number

The natural (1) ____called “Tidal waves” often occur suddenly. They are the result of an (2)

____ shift in the underwater (3) _____ of the Earth. In the 2004, a series of tidal waves struck the seaside of Indonesia, Thailand, and some other Asia countries. The famous resorts such as Phuket and Fifi were completely (4) ____. A large (5) _____ of people were killed. 1.____________, 2.____________, 3.____________, 4.____________, 5._____________, 41

Giaoandethitienganh.info II.Choose the correct word A,B,C or D for each gap to complete the following passage: Alexander Graham Bell was born (1)............ March 3, 1847 in Edinburgh,Scotland. As a boy, Alexander became interested in sounds and speech. In 1870, the Bells decided (2)................ to America. They lived in Boston, where Alexander taught in a school for the

FF IC IA L

deaf. There he began experimenting with a machine which helped the deaf hear. While experimenting with this machine, Bell had an idea“Why do not use electricity to send the human voice from one place to another ?” He began to work on a new (3)…............for years, Bell and his assistant, Thomas Watson, worked day and night. (4)............... rented rooms in a boarding house. Bell was on one floor, and Watson was on another. They tried to send (5)

….................. through a wire. Finally, on March 19, 1876, Watson heard these words very

clearly: “Mr Watson, come here. I want you.”. Watson rushed upstairs, ran into Bell’s room

B. on

C. from

D. at

2. A. go

B. went

C. to go

D. going

3. A. invention

B. inventor

C. inventive

D. invent

4. A. he

B. we

C. it

D. they

5. A. speaking

B. letters

C. speech

D. telegram

1. A. in

and shouted:“ I heard you! ”.

III: Read the passage then answer the below questions:

The environment is everything around us, both natural and made by man. A major problem in the world today is the destruction of natural environment.

KÈ

This is a complicated problem. We burn fuel, and this causes air pollution. We throw away plastic bags, containing toys and other objects. These stay in the environment, they are not like

ẠY

paper or wood that slowly disappear. We have made thousands of new chemicals. Factories that make or use chemicals always have chemical wastes. These are often poisonous, and they also

stay in the environment. Since 1945 several countries have been testing nuclear bombs in the air and underground.

The explosions in the air cause nuclear fallout. The fallout causes cancer, kills animals and 42

Giaoandethitienganh.info people. Nuclear power plants that make electricity also produce dangerous wastes and have accidents be very disastrous. A. Answer the questions: 1. What is the main problem in the world today?

FF IC IA L

................................................................................................................................................. 2. What does burning fuel cause?

................................................................................................................................................. 3. Do factories make or use chemicals always have chemical waste ?

.................................................................................................................................................

B. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: C. kills animals and people

A. causes cancer B. causes pollution

1. The fallout……………….

D. A&C are correct

2.What does the word “that” at the beginning of line 10 refer to ? B. Nuclear power plants

C. Plants

D. Electricity

A. Nuclear power

PART D : WRITING

I.Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before 1. They will build a new hospital here.

-> A new hospital …………………………….……………..……………………………

KÈ

2. They often went to Vung Tau at weekends. -> They used………………………………………………….…………………………… 3. She last visited her cousin 3 months ago.

ẠY

->She hasn’t……………………………………………………….………..……………...

4. ‘ I like to do physics experiment” Tam said. ->Tam said………………………………………………………………………………… 5. Although they are short, they still love playing sport. ->Inspite of…………………………………………………………….............................. 43

Giaoandethitienganh.info II. Make sentences using the words and phrases given : 1. Duong/say/he/like/study/home/the internent. .......................................................................................................................................... 2. They/ not see/ each other/for a long time/.

FF IC IA L

........................................................................................................................................... 3. They/ look forward/ see/ son / again soon/.

........................................................................................................................................... 4. This/ be/best film/ I/ ever/ see/. 5. Hoa / often/ help/ mother/ housework/ everyday/.

.............................................................................................................................................

………………………………………………………………………………………………

III. Use the following suggested question to complete a paragraph about a festival in your country:

Name of festival:

What was the festival?

Where was it held?

Why was it held?

When was it held?

How was it held?

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

KÈ

…………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………

ẠY

…………………………………………………………………………………………………… ĐÁP ÁN MÔN : TIẾNG ANH - LỚP 8 HỌC KÌ II PART A: LISTENING 44

Giaoandethitienganh.info 1. Listen to a school teacher talking about cyber-bullying. Fill each of the gaps with no more than TWO words. You will listen TWICE. 1. inventions 2. newspaper

FF IC IA L

3. publish 4. spreads 5. joined hands

2. Listen to a talk between Tom and Nick about cloning technology. Decide if the

1. T

2. F

3. T

4. T

5. T

statements are true (T) or false (F). Circle T or F. You will listen TWICE.

PART B: LANGUAGE FOCUS

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 2. D

3.A

4. C

5.C

6. A

7. D

8.A

9.C

10 . C

2. hasn’t been 3. is watching

1. has been played

II. Put the correct form of the verbs.

1. D

4.wouldgo

5. to give up

PART C: READING

I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks:

Question I: 1. disasters

KÈ

2. abrupt

3. movement

ẠY

4. destroyed 5. numbers

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage. 1. B

2.C

3.A

4.D

5. C

III. A. Answer the following questions 45

Giaoandethitienganh.info 1.(It/The main problem in the world today is) the destruction of natural environment. 2.This / It/ Burning fuel causes air pollution 3.Yes./Yes, they do B.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 2. B

FF IC IA L

1. D

Part D: WRITING

I. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before : 1. A new hospital will be built here.

2. They used to go to VungTau at weekends.

4.Tam said that he liked to do physics experiments

3. She hasn’t visited her cousin for 3 months.

5.In spite of being short, they still love playing sports.

Or : In spite of their height, they still love playing sports.

II. Make sentences using the words and phrases given :

1. Duong said he liked to study/studying at home in the internet.

2. They have not / haven’t seen each other for a long time.

3.They are looking / look forward to seeing their son again soon.

4. This is the best film I have ever seen. 5. Hoa often helps her mother with the housework everyday.

KÈ

III. Use the following suggested question to complete a paragraph about a festival in your

ẠY

country:

The Mid- Autumn Festival

The Mid - Autumn festival is annually held on the 15th of August (According to Lunar) . This

festival is specially organized for children. It is held in the yard of the Cultural House in the center of the village. The main festival lasted for about three hours when the Moon is at its fullest. During the festival, children take part in various activities like singing and shouting, wearing masks, parading on the roads and banging the drums. 46

Giaoandethitienganh.info Besides, children eat a very special cake called the Moon Cake. I think this festival is a very special occasion for Vietnamese people and for children to play and enjoy variety of

ĐỀ 7 PART A : LISTENING

FF IC IA L

activities. Moreover, children would understand more about Vietnamese traditions.

Question I: Listen to a conversation and match Nam's hobbies and leisure activities

with different stages in his life. You will listen TWICE.

Hobbies/Leisure activities

Stages of life

A. volunteering

1. childhood

B. playing with toys

2. primary school

3. secondary school 4. university

C. playing tennis D. reading comics

Question II:. Listen to the story of Hans Christian Andersen's life and complete the notes.

Fill each of the gaps with no more than THREE words and/or a number. You will listen

TWICE.

1805:

Born in Odense, (1) ______________

1819:

KÈ

A SHORT BIOGRAPHY OF HANS CHRISTIAN ANDERSEN

Travelled to Copenhagen and worked as (2) ______________

(3) ______: Started writing fairy tales (4) ______________ of his stories became known to foreign audiences

ẠY

- 1845:

PART B :LANGUAGE FOCUS

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.(2points) 1. Americans rarely shake hands to say goodbye, except___________ business occasions. A. during

B. at

C. on 47

D. in

Giaoandethitienganh.info 2.__________ at someone is usually considered rude. A. Point

B. To pointed

C. To pointing

D. Pointing

3.The most common way of attracting someone’s attention is by __________. B. to waving

C. to wave

D. wave

4.Lien told me that ___________ a biology teacher.

FF IC IA L

A. waving

A. she wants to become

C. she wanted to become

B. she will become

D. she wanted becoming

5.We reminded Lily_________ late for our appointment the next day. A. to be not

C. to don’t be

B. not to be

D. don’t be

6.We _____________ with each other by mobile phone in 2050.

C . aren’t communicating

B. haven’t communicated

D. aren’t going to communicate

A. won’t be communicating

7.The teacher said we___________ a week off on the occasion of the International Labor Day. B. didn’t have

C. have

A. will have

D. would have

B. have gone

A. will go

8.Tomoko and Kiko said that they ___________ cycling the day after the next day. C. would go

D. has gone

B. was watching

A. watched

9. While I …………the performance, I met one of my old friends. C. watch

D. am watching

A. good

10. You should buy the blue sweater. It suits you ………..than the red one. B. well

C. better

D. the best

KÈ

II. Supply the corect tense or form of the verb in parentheses.(1point) 1. Lan and her sister are in the bookstore now. She (look) _________ for a craft kit.

ẠY

2. My mother is hooked on (make) ________________ spring rolls at Tet. 3. This test has (do) ________________ carefully.

4. Their grandparents (live) __________________ in this village since last year. 5. We should (respect) _____________________old people PART C : READING 48

Giaoandethitienganh.info I. Fill in each blanket with a suitable word from the box to complete the passage about the causes of visaul pollution : includes – many – kind – examlple Visual pollution can happen outside or inside your house.

FF IC IA L

When you are in the street, do you look around and see too __(1)__ telephone poles, overhead power lines or advertising billboard ? This is known as __(2)__ ‘negative visual environment’, and it causes visual pollution. For many communities, visual pollution also __(3)__ uncut weeds, graffiti, litter, and even badly cared-for buildings. This __(4)__ of pollution can be present in your house, too. If you dump clothes or school things on the floor, it causes visual

pollution. A room with too much furniture placed in an untidy way is another __(5)__ of visual

pollution in the house.

1.____________, 2.____________, 3.____________, 4.____________, 5._______ _____,

II. Choose the best option (A, B, C or D) to complete the following passage : An American, Charles D. Seeberger, produced the first commercial moving staircase to transport

people in the 1890s. He called this ___(1)____ an ‘escalator’, taking the name from the Latin

word ‘scala’ which means ‘ladder’. Escalators move people up and down short ___(2)____.

Lifts do the same, but only move a small number of people. Escalators have the capacity to move

a lot of people at the same time, and they can be replaced in the same space as one

___(3)____install a staircase. A non-functioning escalator can be used as a normal staircase, whereas many other conveyances become ___(4)____when they break down.

KÈ

Towards the end of the nineteenth century, cities were becoming more crowded and the first escalators were ___(5)____at railway stations and in big department stores so that people could

ẠY

move about more quickly. Today we see escalator everywhere. B. invention

C. exploration

D. revolution

2. A. distances

B. directions

C. measurements

D. lengths

3. A. should

B. must

C. will

D. might

4. A. useful

B. unused

C. useless

D. uselessly

1. A. creator

Giaoandethitienganh.info 5. A. built B. designed

C. produced

D. advanced

III. Read the passage and do the tasks bellow. THE GREAT HANSHIN EARTHQUAKE The Great Hanshin earthquake, or the Kobe earthquake as it is more commonly known

FF IC IA L

‘overseas’, was an earthquake in Japan that measured 7.3 on the Japan Meteorological Agency magnitude scale. It occurred on January 17th, 1995 at 5:46 a.m in the southern part of Hyogo Prefecture, and lasted for approximately 20 seconds. The epicentre of the earthquake was on the northern end of Awaji Island near Kobe, a cosmopolitan city of over 1.5 million people. A total of 6,434 people, mainly in the city of Kobe, lost their lives. Additionally, it caused

Kanto earthquake in 1923, which claimed 140,000 lives.

approximately ten trillion yen in damage. It was the worst earthquake in Japan since the Great

Questions :

1. The word ‘overseas’ in the text is closest in meaning to ____________. B. at sea

A. abroad

C. by sea

2. The word ‘occurred’ in the text is closest in meaning to ____________. B. happened

A. ended

C. started

3. When did the Great Hashin earthquake occur?

__________________________________________________________________________

4. Where was the epicentre of the earthquake ? __________________________________________________________________________

KÈ

5. Was it the worst earthquake in Japan since the Great Kanto earthquake in 1923 ?

ẠY

__________________________________________________________________________P ART D : WRITING

I. Rewrite the sentences so that it means the same as the first. Use the word in brackets.

You may need to change the word. (1point) 1. “ People will soon communicate using telepathy in 50 years’ time” Phuc said Phuc said that __________________________________________________________ 2. Alexander Graham Bell invented the telephone in 1876. 50

Giaoandethitienganh.info The telephone __________________________________________________________ 3. There was a loud noise next to my door last night so I couldn’t sleep. Because there was _______________________________________________________ 4. This factory doesn’t treat its waste well so there is a lot of water pollution

FF IC IA L

If this factory treated______________________________________________________ 5. The tsunami happened. Many people in this area became homeless.

The tsunami made ________________________________________________________ II. Rearrange the words/phrases given to make complete sentences. (1point) 1. aliens/ wanted to know/ Dean/ could communicate/ if/ verbally/.

________________________________________________________________

2. decided/ We/ have/ to stay/ for/ in/ Ho Chi Minh city/ three more days

_______________________________________________________________ 3. use/ abbreviations/ Teenagers/ often/ when/ texting

________________________________________________________________

4. Phuc/ learning/ a new language/ will/ this time/ be/ next year

________________________________________________________________

5. Tom/ inhabitants/ might travel/ thought/ of Venus/ by buggy/.

________________________________________________________________

III. Write an email to your friend to tell him/her about a natural disaster you have experienced or heard about. (The email should be about 70-80 words)

KÈ

You should focus on the following points: - What is this disaster?

ẠY

- When and where did it occur? - What are the effects of it?

- What has been done to help the victims of this disaster?

…………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………… 51

Giaoandethitienganh.info …………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………

ẠY

KÈ

FF IC IA L

………………………………………………………………………………………………

ĐÁP ÁN MÔN : TIẾNG ANH - LỚP 8 PART A. LISTENING 52

Giaoandethitienganh.info Question I: Listen to a conversation and match Nam's hobbies and leisure activities with different stages in his life. You will listen TWICE. 1-B

2- D

3-E

4-A

Question II:. Listen to the story of Hans Christian Andersen's life and complete the notes.

FF IC IA L

Fill each of the gaps with no more than THREE words and/or a number. You will listen TWICE. 1. Denmark 2. (an) actor

3. 1835

4. English translations

PART B. LANGUAGE FOCUS

3. A

6. A

7. D

8. C

II. Put the correct form of the verbs. 2. making

3. to be done

9. B

4. have lived

1. is looking

4. C

2. D

1. C

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. (2points)

5. B 10.C

5. respect

PART C. READING

2. a

II.

5. example

3. D

4. C

5. A

2. B

ẠY

1. A

4. kind

KÈ

2. A

3. includes

1. B

III.

1. many

1. (The Great Hashin earthquake /It occurred) on January 17th, 1995 at 5:46 a.m 2. (The epicentre of the earthquake/It was) on the northern end of Awaji Island near Kobe 3. Yes./Yes, it was. PART D. WRITING 53

Giaoandethitienganh.info I. Rewrite the sentences so that it means the same as the first. Use the word in brackets. You may need to change the word. 1. Phuc said that people would soon communicate using telepathy in 50 years’ time. 2. The telephone was invented the telephone in 1876 by Alexander Graham Bell.

FF IC IA L

3. Because there was a loud noise next to my door last night, I couldn’t sleep.

4. If this factory treated its waste well, there would not be a lot of water pollution. 5. The tsunami made many people in this area homeless.

II. Rearrange the words/phrases given to make complete sentences. 1. Dean wanted to know if aliens could communicate verbally.

3. Teenagers often use abbreviations when texting.

2. We have decided to stay in Ho Chi Minh city for three more days.

4. Phuc will be learning a new language this time next year. 5. Tom thought inhabitants of Venus might travel by buggy.

III. Write an email to your friend to tell him/her about a natural disaster you have

experienced or heard about. (The email should be about 70-80 words)

Hướng dẫn chấm:

- Nếu học sinh sử dụng đúng ngữ pháp và từ vựng: cho điểm tối đa.

- Nếu sai lỗi chính tả: cho nửa số điểm.

************ THE END ********** ĐỀ 8 PART A : LISTENING

ẠY

KÈ

- Nếu sai lỗi ngữ pháp: không cho điểm.

I. Listen and choose the correct answers. You will listen TWICE: (Unit 9 - Skill 2: Listening) 1. The storm began at around ________ and raged thoughout the night. 54

A. 10 p.m

B. 11 p.m

C. 11.30 p.m

D. 12 p.m

2. Dozens of people were seriously injured and hundreds of others were left ________. A. homeless

B. homesick

C. homeland

D. homework

have been freed. A. started

B. has started

C. have started

FF IC IA L

3. Rescue operations ________ and many people trapped in collapsed or damaged buildings

D. have been started

4. Workers are now clearing up the debris left ________ by the severe storm. A. in

B. between

C. with

D. behind

them. B. where

C. what

D. why

A. when

5. People have been taken to safe areas, ________ temporary accommodation will be built for

II. Listen to the passage and then complete each blank with one correct word. You will listen TWICE. ( Review 4 - Listening)

1. I couldn’t find my mobile phone so I went out to find a ____________ .

2. The ____________ time I had a crossed line – I could hear two people having a personal

conversation.

3. The fourth time, I managed to ____________ to Tom, and we exchanged a few words, then we

cut off and we lost the connection.

4. When I tried again ____________, he wasn’t in the office. 5. That my home telephone is out of order, Tom is ____________ Head of Telecom

ẠY

KÈ

Department.

PART B :LANGUAGE FOCUS

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences:

1. If the factory ________ dumping poison into the lake, all the fish and other aquatic animals will die. A. continues

B. to continue

C. continued

2. Water ________ in the lake has made the fish die. 55

D. will continue

A. pollute

B. polluted

C. polluting

D. pollution

3. If the teacher were here now, we would ask him the difference ________ “science” and “technology”. A. among

B. of

C. between

D. for

Physics, Chemistry, and Biology. A. said

B. talked

C. spoke

D. told

5. Garbage ________ every day. A. collect

B. collects

C. is collected

C. today

A. fly

7. I intended ________ to New York next month. B. to fly

D. tomorrow

B. this morning

D. are collected

6. The man said to his friend that he saw a UFO ________. A. that morning

FF IC IA L

4. Mr Pike ________ me that I had better devote more time to science subjects such as

C. flying

D. flew

8. Alexander Graham Bell was a great ___________ with many famous inventions. B. conservationist C. scientist

D. explorer

A. developer

9. She asked me ________ I liked country life. B what

A. that

C. unless

D. if

B. never

C. just

D. already

A. ever

10. Have you ________ been to any English speaking countries?

II. Supply the corect tense or form of the verb in parentheses:

KÈ

1. Life might (find) ________________ on other planets. 2. If I (be) ________________ you, I would plant vegetables in the garden.

ẠY

3. This time next week, we (lie) ________________on a beach on Phu Quoc Island. 4. They decided (go) ________________ to HaLong Bay for their holiday.

5. People (know) ________________ all about the Moon for thousands of years.

PART C : READING I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks: 56

thirty

says

addictive

entertainment

who

It is estimated that about three billion people use the Internet around the world. Most people use the Internet to get information or for (1) __________ . A new study, however, shows us that almost ten percent of Internet users are using it so often that it is seriously

FF IC IA L

harming their lives. The study (2) ___________ that these people may find it difficult to stop

using the Internet because they have become addicted. Someone (3) ___________ is addicted finds it extremely difficult to stop doing that activity. According to a psychologist in the field, (4) ___________ percent of Internet users claim that they use the Internet to escape from their

Internet is one of the most (5) ___________ activities.

Answer:

problems. The study also shows that having a chat, or discussion, with strangers on the

1.___________ 2. ___________ 3. ___________ 4. ___________ 5. ___________

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage:

Technology has advanced to the point where instant communication anywhere in the world is an everyday fact of life. Technology has improved, and has a positive impact on

communication as a whole in many (1) __________ . It has increased the reliability of sending

messages to others, made it easier to meet new people and keep (2) __________ touch with

friends.

Modern communication is handled by wireless signals, undersea cables, satellites and other (3) __________ technology, ensuring the fast delivery of messages and data to any

KÈ

locations. The accessibility of technology also means that you don’t need to be in any special locations like a post office or mail room to send a message; all you need is a cell phone.

ẠY

Online communication has (4) __________ the door to new ways of communicating with

strangers and taking part in communities. Chat rooms, (5) __________ forums and dating sites

let people meet each other and get to know more people without having to be there in person. 1. A. methods

B. means

C. forms

D. ways

2. A. on

B. out

C. for

D. in

3. A. advanced

B. high

C. simple 57

D. basic

4. A. opened

B. closed

C. been opened

D. been closed

5. A. channel

B. discussion

C. cyber

D. media

III. Read the text and do the tasks below: Living in Madrid is quite different with living in London. People get up later, and start

FF IC IA L

work later. They often start work at ten, and have lunch at 2 pm. Everything closes for about three hours after lunch and people don’t go back to work at 5p.m. They finish work at about

7p.m or 8 p.m. Then they go out. The citizens in Spain go to bed very late: at about 1 or 2 in

the morning. The population in Madrid spend more time in the streets. Most of them live in the center, in small flats, not like London, where people live in houses in the suburbs. The public

transport system is very good and very cheap, but most of the residents like to have their own

cars.

A. Answer the questions.

1. What time do people in Madrid start work?

……………………………………………………

2. How long do the shops close in the middle of the day?

……………………………………………………

3. Where do the people in Madrid live?

……………………………………………………

4. Is public transport good enough? ……………………………………………………

KÈ

B. True or False

1. Living in London is the same as living in Madrid

ẠY

2. The public transport system is very good and very cheap. PART D : WRITING

I. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before: 1. " I will have an English test tomorrow". - He said that ……………………………………………………………………… 2. I don't have enough money, so I can't buy this bike. 58

- If………………………………………………………………………………….. 3. Volunteers helped the flood victims to rebuild their houses. - The flood victims ………………………………………………………………… 4. " Why are you late for school today?”

FF IC IA L

- The teacher asked him ……………………………………………………………. 5. Although they were tired, they tried to finish their project on time.

- Despite ……………………………………………………………………………. II. Make sentences using the words and phrases given :

1. Last month, / when / the typhoon / happen, / everybody / move / the safe areas /./

2. The teacher / ask / us / try / harder / the next exam /./

- ………………………………………………………………………………………

- ……………………………………………………………………………………… 3. A / lot / trees / can / save / recycling used paper /./

- ………………………………………………………………………………………

4. What / you / do / when / I / call / you / last night /?/

- ………………………………………………………………………………………

5. Some English speaking countries, / turkey / pudding / be /traditional food / Christmas /./

- ………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………… III. Write an email to your friend to tell him/her about a natural disaster you have

KÈ

experienced or heard about. (The email should be about 70-80 words) You should focus on the following points:

ẠY

- What is this disaster? - When and where did it occur?

- What are the effects of it? - What has been done to help the victims of this disaster?

…………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………… 59

…………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………********

FF IC IA L

**** THE END ************

ĐÁP ÁN ĐỀ KIỂM TRA CHẤT LƯỢNG KÌ II – ĐỀ ĐỀ XUẤT

MÔN : TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8

PART A: LISTENING

I. Listen and choose the correct answers. You will listen TWICE:

1. B

(Unit 9 - Skill 2: Listening) 2. A

3. C

4. D

5. B

II. Listen to the passage and then complete each blank with one correct word.

2. third

3. speak

KÈ

1. phone box

You will listen TWICE. (Review 4: Listening)

PART B: LANGUAGE FOCUS

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 2. D

3. C

4. D

5. C

6. A

7. B

8. C

9. D

10. A

ẠY

1. A

II. Supply the corect tense or form of the verb in parentheses: 1. be found

2. were

4. to go

5. have known

3. will be lying

4. later

5. the

PART C: READING I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks: 1. entertainment

2. says

3. who

4. thirty

5. addictive

1.D

2.D

3.A

4.A

5.B

III. Read the following passage and do the tasks below: A. 1. They start work at ten. 2. They close for about three hours.

3. They live in the center, in small flats.

FF IC IA L

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage:

4. Yes, it is.

B. 1. F 2. T

PART D : WRITING

I. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before:

1. He said that he would have an English test the next/following day.

2. If I had enough money, I could buy this bike.

3. The flood victims were helped to rebuild their houses (by volunteers).

4. The teacher asked him why he was late for school that day. 5. Despite their tiredness, they tried to finish their project on time.

KÈ

Or Despite being tired, they tried to finish their project on time. II. Make sentences using the words and phrases given :

ẠY

1. Last month, when the typhoon happened, everybody had moved to the safe areas. 2. The teacher asked us to try harder for the next exam.

3. A lot of trees can be saved by recycling used paper. 4. What were you doing when I called you last night? 5. In some English speaking countries, turkey and pudding are traditional food at Christmas. 61

III. Write an email to your friend to tell him/her about a natural disaster you have experienced or heard about. (The email should be about 70-80 words) Hướng dẫn chấm: - Nếu học sinh sử dụng đúng ngữ pháp và từ vựng: cho điểm tối đa.

FF IC IA L

- Nếu sai lỗi chính tả: cho nửa số điểm. - Nếu sai lỗi ngữ pháp: không cho điểm.

************ THE END ************

ĐỀ 9

PART A : LISTENING

I. Listen and tick( v) the box. There is one example. 3. What must Jack find out about on the

computer now?

computer?

ẠY

KÈ

0. What is Jack looking at on the

4. What can Jack’s best friend do well

london?

on his computer?

2. What will jack and his mother buy?

5. What’s wrong with the computer

FF IC IA L

1. Why does the family want to go to

now?

II. Listen and write. There is one example.

Visit to the museum

Will go by: ..............train.. ...............

Leave school at: ( 1)............................

Name of museum: (2)......................... Museum

Will see ( 3) ....................................

Must take: ( 4)...............................

PART B :LANGUAGE FOCUS

ẠY

KÈ

Must wear: (5)...............................

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences:

1. If the factory continues dumping poison ......... the lake, all the fish and other aquatic animals will die A. into

B. to

C. about

D. in

2. ............ is the most common natural disaster in your country ? - Snowstorms. 63

A. Why

B. How

C. Who

D. Which

3. I couldn’t sleep ............ there was a loud noise next to my door last night. A. although

B. because

C. so

D. but

the streets A. decorated

B. hang

C. put

FF IC IA L

4. On Christmas Eve, most big cities, especially London are..........with coloured lights across

D. made

5. American rarely shake hands to say goodbye, except ............ business occasions A. during

B. at

C. on

D. in

6. When a typhoon happened , many houses and roads ............ destroyed or flooded. B. are

C. was

A. is

D. were

B. furniture

C. property

D. savings

A. wealth

7. Last year, there was a big typhoon in my area. It caused extensive damage to our ......

8. ............. workers were sent to the area immediately but no villager was survived when the

B. help

A. rescue

landslide happened.

C. assistance

D. volunteer

9. .............is the most common natural disaster in your country? B. How

C. Who

A. When

D. Which

B. ought

C. should

D. be able

A. may

10. What .............we do to prevent these natural disasters?

II. Supply the corect tense or form of the verb in parentheses:

KÈ

1. If I (be)________you, I would think very carefully. 2. Most people (leave)________before the volcano erupted.

ẠY

3. The train (arrive) ________at 6 tomorrow morning. 4. They might (be) ________in the office.

5. This time tomorrow I (chat) ________with my cousin in Sydney on Skype. PART C : READING I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the blanks: 64

visitors

famous

dancing

experience

local

Scotland is in the north of Great Britain. It is (1)________for its rich culture as well as its amazing natural beauty. (2)________to this land can spend endless days exploring its historic centuries-old castles. But be aware- legend says that some of them are haunted by ghosts. Fun-

FF IC IA L

lovers can (3)________its world-famous festival, the Highland Games where they can enjoy unique Scotish activities such as the pipping, drumming and (4) ________. They can also see traditional sports, or drink whisky with the (5)________people. Driving through vast green pastures, or boating on scenic lakes- or lochs- are other attractions that Scotland offers. 1__________2__________3__________4__________5__________

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage

We are all slowly (1)________the Earth. The seas and rivers are too dirty to swim in.

There is so much smoke in the air that it is unhealthy to live in many of the world’s cities. In

one well-known city, for example, poisonous gases (2) ________cars pollute the air so much that traffic policemen have to wear oxygen masks. We have cut down (3)________trees that

there are now vast areas of waterland all over the world. As a result, farmers in parts of Afica

can not grow enough (4)________. In certain countries in Asia, there is too little rice. Moreover,

we do not take enough care of the countryside.

Wild animals are quickly disappearing. For instance, tigers are rare in India now because we have killed too many of them. However, it isn’t enough simply to talk about the problem. We

KÈ

must act now before it is too late to do (5)________about it. Join us now. Save the Earth! B. destroying

C. destroys

D. destroy

2. A. by

B. from

C. of

D. in

3. A, so much

B. so few

C. so little

D. so many

4. A. eating

B. to eat

C. for eat

D. to be eaten

5. A. anything

B. nothing

C. everything

D. something

ẠY

1. A. destroyed

III. Read the following passage and do the tasks below: 65

There are more than 3,000 languages in the world today, but only about six are major languages of the world. Two-thirds of the world’s populations speak those six languages. More than 300,000,000 people speak English as their first or native language. No one knows how many people speak it as a foreign language. Chinese is the only language with more speakers

FF IC IA L

than English. This is because of the huge population of China, more than one billion people.

English is the native or official language on the one-fifth of the land area of the world. It is spoken in North America, Great Britain, Australia and New Zealand. In South Africa and India it is one of the official languages.

More people study English than any other languages. In many countries, the textbook in

universities are in English. Many university classes are taught in English even though the native

language is not English. English is the language of international communication. It is the

language of international business, research, and science. More than three-fourths of the world’s mail is written in English. More than three-fifths of the world’s radio stations use English. More

than half of the scientific and research journals are in English. Most other languages have

borrowed many English words.

A. Choose the best answer a, B, C or D to complete the sentences:

B. French

A. English

1. What language has the most speakers in the world? C. Chinese

D. Russian

2. ________people speak English as their first or native language. B. Over 300 million

C. About 300 million

D. nearly 300 billion

KÈ

A. Two-thirds of the world’s population

B. Answer the questions:

ẠY

1. Are Chinese and Arabic probably major languages of the world? ……………………………………………………………………………….

2. What percent of the world’s radio stations are in English? ………………………………………………………………………………. 3. Why do some countries use English textbooks even though English is not the native language? 66

………………………………………………………………………………. PART D : WRITING I. Rearrange the sentences using the following words: 1. On/ occasion, / this/ special/ every body/ return/ to/ wants/ to/ familes/ their.

2. fish/ The/ died/ because/ have/ the / water/ polluted/ of.

FF IC IA L

=>……………………………………………………………………………. =>……………………………………………………………………………. 3. camp/ closes/ Our/ July 15th / on.

=>…………………………………………………………………………….

4. Science/ also/ and/ technology/ have/ effects/ enormous/ development/ on.

=>…………………………………………………………………………….

5. Sydney/ city/ is/ largest/ the/ Australia/ in/./

=>…………………………………………………………………………….

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before :

1. The people will protect the environment now. The environment will be nice

→If…………………………………………………………………….…...…………

2. The storm destroyed many houses in this village last week.

→Many houses……………………………………………………...………….…….

3. This factory doesn’t treat its waste well so there is a lot of water pollution → If ………………………………………………..................................……………

KÈ

4. “ I try to learn hard to pass the entrance exam ’’ Nam said. → Nam said ……………………………………………………………………….…

ẠY

5. The fight to Moscow lasted three and half hours. -> It took……………………………………………………………………………….

III. Make sentences using the words and phrases given: 1. USA/ be /enormous/ country. => ………………………………………………………………………….. 2. You/ watch/ News/ last night? 67

=>…………………………………………………………………………… 3. A/ lot/ energy/ resources/ can/ save/ recycling. =>…………………………………………………………………………… 4. Life/ Viet Nam/ the year/ 2035/ be/ very/ different/ what/ it/ be/now.

5. In/ future/ people/ not / need/ contact/ others/ phone/

FF IC IA L

=>…………………………………………………………………………… =>…………………………………………………………………………… ĐÁP ÁN

PART A. LISTENING

II. Listen and write. There is one example.(1m)

I. Listen and tick( v) the box. There is one example.(1m)

1. 8/ eight( o’clock/ am)/ 8.00(am)

2. ( the) harding 3. insects

4. (a) snack/ lunch

5. (the) (school) uniform( s)/ (the) school clothes

PART B. LANGUAGE FOCUS

ẠY

KÈ

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 5C

7.C

8.A

2- D

3- B

4- A

5- C

6- D

7–C

8- A

9- D

10 - C

1-A

II. Put the correct form of the verbs. 1. were

2. had left

3. arrives

4. be

5. will be chatting

PART C. READING I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks: 1- famous

2- Visitors

3- experience

4- dancing

5- local

: 1- B

2- B

3- D

FF IC IA L

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage

4- B

III. Read the following passage and do the tasks below :

5- A

A.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 1. C

2. B

B. Answer the questions:

1. No/ No, they aren’t.

2. More than three-fifths of the world’s radio stations (are in English) or More than three-

fifths.

3. Because more than half of the scientific and research journals are in English. PART D. WRITING

I. Rearrange the sentences using the following words:

1. On this special occasion, everybody wants to return to their families.

2. The fish have died because of the polluted water.

3. Our camp closes on July 15th.

KÈ

4. Science and technology also have enormous effects on development. 5. Sydney is the largest city in Australia. II. Rewrite the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one.

ẠY

1. If the people protect the environment now, the environment (it) will be nice. 2. Many houses in this village were destroyed by the storm last week.

3. If this factory treated its waste well, there wouldn’t be a lot of water pollution. 4. Nam said he tried to learn hard to pass the entrance exam. 5. It took three and half hours to fly to Moscow. III. Make sentences using the words and phrases given: 69

1. The USA is an enormous country. 2. Did you watch the News last night? 3. A lot of energy and resources can be saved by recycling. 4. Life in Viet Nam in the year 2035 will be very different from what it is now.

FF IC IA L

5. In the future people will not need to contact others by phone. ĐỀ 10

PART A : LISTENING 1. Listen to a conversation about Canada. Fill each of the gaps with no more than TWO words. You will listen TWICE. CANADA Number of provinces: (1)_____________ Capital city: (2)_____________ Canada has (3)_____________ president Population: (4) >_____________ Canada Day: (5)_____________ 2. Listen to a conversation about the Go Green Club. Answer the questions or complete the answers with no more than TWO WORDS and/or a number. You will listen TWICE.

KÈ

1. How many members did Go Green have when it was founded? - ________________________________ 2. What is the purpose of Go Green? - To raise people’s awareness about _________________. 3. What is Go Green’s regular activity? - _________________ at Hoan Kiem Lake. 4. What is Go Green’s activity every three months? - Organize a _________________. 5. What is an Ecobag? - It is made from _________________ materials.

ẠY

PART B :LANGUAGE FOCUS I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 1. All our English teachers are ________________speakers. A. nation B. original C. native D. foreign 2. Don’t drink that water. It’s ________________ . A. contaminated B. damaged C. dumped D. clean 3. The sight of too many advertising bill boards, overhead poles and shop signs causes ___________ pollution. 70

FF IC IA L

A. air B. light C. noise D. visual 4. The heavy rain has caused ________________in many parts of the country. A. storms B. floods C. drought D. volcano 5. Australia is home to ________________animals like kangaroos and koalas. A. only B. rare C. unique D. precious 6. Nam asked Peter what he was doing ________________ . A. now B. ago C. today D. then 7. Americans rarely shake hands to say goodbye, except ____________business occasions. A. on B. during C. at D. in 8. Astronauts use ________________to move around when they are on the Moon’s surface. A. spaceships B. flying saucers C. moon buggies D. space cars 9. ________________is popularly used to enable people from different countries to have meetings. People can watch and listen to each other through a screen . A. Chatting B. Video conferencing C. Emailing D. Texting

ẠY

KÈ

10. ________________system use several different ways of giving information with sounds, pictures, and texts on a screen . A. Multimedia B. Emailing C. Telephoning D. Chatting II. Supply the corect tense or form of the verb in parentheses: 1. I (watch )________________ a science fiction film on TV at 9.00 last night. 2. My sister is fond of (make) ________________ spring rolls at Tet. 3. This test must (finish) ________________ before going to bed. 4. They (live) _____________________ in this village since last year. 5. If you use robots to do the housework, you (become) ________________lazier PART C : READING I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks: natural prevent deal damage about Natural disasters can be destructive; they can wreak havoc across large areas and cause loss of life or (1)……………............. to property. We cannot(2)……………………… natural disasters, but we can prepare for them. The first step is to learn ………………………. the risks in your area and read the information about(3) …………………… disasters on local government sites. Next, find out what the rescue and emergency workers advise. These people have been trained to (4)…………………….. with disasters, have been through lots of them and know how to help. Make sure you have all the emergency contact (5)……………............. entered in your mobile phone 1__________2__________3__________4__________5__________ II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage: Scotland is the UK’s most northern country and has around 790 islands off its coasts – 130 of which have people living on them. Scotland is well known (1)………………….. its stunning 71

ẠY

KÈ

FF IC IA L

landscapes, beautiful beaches and lochs, which are fress water lakes. There are over 600 square miles of lochs in Scotland (2)…………………….. the most famous one, Loch Ness. It has a (3)…………………. of just over five million people which is about 8.5 per cent of the whole UK population. Over 2 milion of these live in Glasgow and Edinburgh, and almost half of Scotland’s population live in the Central Belt, where both the largest city (Glasgow), and the capital city Edinburgh) are located. Scotland also hostsone of the biggest arts festivals in the world. This is commonly known as the Edinburgh Festival but is actually (4)…………………of a number of different festivals which happen at different times of the year, though many do take place in August and September. Many people have heard of the Fringe Festival, but there are also the (5)…………….. Festival, the Film Festival, the Children’s Festival and the Edinburgh Mela which is an intercultural festival. 1. A. in B. for C. on D. around 2. A. include B. includes C. included D. Including 3. A. pollution B. popularity C. population D. people 4. A. made up B. made for C. made up of D. Made up to 5. A. internation B. international C. internationally D. national III. Read the following passage and do the tasks below : Most of us think that great ideas were the result of genius thinking. However, many of the greatest discoveries and inventions in history began with very simple beginnings. In the 18th century, James Watt was boiling water at home. As the water began to boil, he suddenly noticed that the steam was pushing the lid of the kettle. From this, he created the steam engine. In ancient Greece time, Archimedes stepped into a bath tub and felt that water was being pushed out when he stepped in. This is how he came up with the idea of how to find the purity of gold. In the 17th century, Isaac Newton was sitting under a tree when an apple fell and hit him on the head. This is when he realized the pulling force of the earth - the gravity. There are many other examples of how great ideas began with simple beginnings. What one needs to become an inventor are careful observation and a lot of hard work. A. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 1..Which of the following can be the best title for the passage? A. James Watt, Archimedes and Isaac Newton. B. Steam Engines, Gold and Gravity C. Great Ideas with Simple Beginnings 2. Which of the following is NOT true of inventors? A. They have simple thinkings. B. They have very careful observations. C. They work extremely hard. B. Answer the questions: 1. What did James Watt create? 72

ẠY

KÈ

FF IC IA L

…………………………………………………………………………………………………… . 2. Did Isaac Newton realize the pulling force of the earth? …………………………………………………………………………………………………… . 3. How many inventors are mentioned in the passage? …………………………………………………………………………………………………… . PART D : WRITING I. Arrange these words to make meaningful sentences. 1. holography/ said that/ Lan/ interact/ would help us/ in real time / to /. …………………………………………………………………………………………………… . 2. aliens/ wanted to know/ Dean/ could communicate/ if/ verbally/. …………………………………………………………………………………………………… . 3. Mark asked/ aliens/ if/ could/ others' happiness and fear/ smell/. …………………………………………………………………………………………………… . 4. Trinh/ had/ asked / Martians/ what/ to drink/. …………………………………………………………………………………………………… . 5. Tom/ inhabitants/ might travel/ thought/ of venus/ by/ buggy/. …………………………………………………………………………………………………… . II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before : 1. Listening to music is more interesting than watching TV. => I prefer……………………………………………………………….. ................................... 2. I have never met her at this club before => This is the……………………………………………………………………………………... 3.People grow rice in tropical countries. => Rice …………………………………………………………………………………………… 4. " I like to do physics experiments". => He said that…………………………………………………………………………………… 5. I'm not you, but I think you should recycle these plastic carrier bags => If………………………………………………………………………………………………. 73

ẠY

KÈ

FF IC IA L

III. Make sentences using the words and phrases given : 1. Noise pollution/ big cities/ lead/ hearing/ problems. ________________________________________ 2. Lots/ aquatic animals/ die/ because/ oil spills. ________________________________________ 3. If/ you/ president/ country/ what/ you/ do/ protect/ environment? ________________________________________ 4. One way/ save/ environment/ is/ use/ renewable/ energy/ sources. ________________________________________ 5. This boy/ suffer/ birth/ defects/ because/ parents/ expose/radioactive/ pollution. ________________________________________

ĐÁP ÁN MÔN : TIẾNG ANH - LỚP 8- HỌC KÌ II

FF IC IA L

PART A. LISTENING 1. Listen to a conversation about Canada. Fill each of the gaps with no more than TWO words. You will listen TWICE. 1. 10 2. Ottawa 3. no 4. 30 million 5. July 1st

2. Listen to a conversation about the Go Green Club. Answer the questions or complete the answers with no more than TWO WORDS and/or a number. You will listen TWICE. Key: 1. ten/10 2. environmental issues 3. Collecting rubbish 4. public campaign 5. environmentally friendly

ẠY

KÈ

PART B. LANGUAGE FOCUS I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 1. C 2. A 3. D 4. B 5. C 6. D 7. A 8. C 9. B 10. A II. Put the correct form of the verbs. was watching 2. making 3. be finished 4. have lived 5. will become PART C. READING I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks: 1. damage 2.prevent 3.about 4.natural 27. deal II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage. 1.B 2.D 3.C 4.A 5.B III. Read the passage and do the tasks bellow. A.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 1. C 2. A B. Answer the questions: 1. (He created) the steam engine. 2. Yes, he did./ Yes. 3. Three. / Three inventors. / 3. PART D : WRITING I. Arrange these words to make meaningful sentences. 75

FF IC IA L

1. Lan said that holography would help us to interact in real time. 2. Dean wanted to know if aliens could communicate verbally. 3. Mark asked if aliens could smell others' happiness and fear. 4. Trinh asked what Martins had to drink. 5. Tom thought inhabitants of Venus might travel by buggy. II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before : 1. I prefer listening to music to watching TV. 2. This is the first time I have (ever) met her at this club. 3. Rice is grown in tropical countries. 4. He said that he liked to do physics experiments. 5. If I were you, I would recycle these plastic carrier bags. III. Make sentences using the words and phrases given : 1. Noise pollution in big cities leads (has led) to hearing problems. 2. Lots of aquatic animals die (have died) because of oil spills. 3. If you were the president of the country, what would you do to protect the environment? 4. One way to save the environment is using (to use) renewable energy sources. 5. This boy suffers (is suffering/ has suffered) from birth defects because his parents were exposed to radioactive pollution.

************ THE END ************

ĐỀ 11

KÈ

PART A- LISTENING

1. Listen to a conversation about Canada. Fill each of the gaps with no more than TWO

ẠY

words. You will listen TWICE. CANADA

Number of provinces: (1)_____________ Capital city: (2)_____________ Canada has (3)_____________ president Population: (4) >_____________ 76

Canada Day: (5)_____________ 2. Listen to a conversation about the Go Green Club. Answer the questions or complete the answers with no more than TWO WORDS and/or a number. You will listen TWICE.

- ________________________________ 2. What is the purpose of Go Green? - To raise people’s awareness about _________________. 3. What is Go Green’s regular activity? - _________________ at Hoan Kiem Lake.

- Organize a _________________.

4. What is Go Green’s activity every three months?

FF IC IA L

1. How many members did Go Green have when it was founded?

5. What is an Ecobag?

- It is made from _________________ materials.

PART B- LANGUAGE FORCUS

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

B. for

C. about

A. of

1. It’s recommended that we become more concerned ________the environment around us. D. with

B. polluted

A. pollute

2. Air ____________ together with littering, is causing many problems in our cities today. C. pollutes

D. pollution

KÈ

3. In the United States, there are 50____________ and six different time zones across the country.

ẠY

A. states

B. nations

C. towns

D. countries

4. When a typhoon happened, many houses and roads ____________ destroyed or flooded. B. are

C. were

D. was

A. have been

5. ____________ is the most common natural disaster in your country? A. What

B. Which

C. Where

6. ____________ you ever been to any English speaking countries? 77

D. Who

A. Did

B. Are

C. Were

D. Have

7. If you ____________ yourself well, your parents will be happy. A. will behave

B. behaved

C. behave

D. behaving

8. He regretted not ____________ goodbye to his friend at the airport. B. say

C. saying

D. said

FF IC IA L

A. to say

9. If I ____________ you, I would see the doctor immediately. A. am

B. were

C. was

D. will be

10. The teacher said ____________ a week off on the occasion of the International Labor Day. B. we did have

C. we have

II. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form.

D. we would have

A. we will have

1. The train(leave) ___________________ten minutes before we got to the station.

2. New houses (build) ________________________here every year. 3. This time next year Phuc (study) ________________________in India.

4. Where the girl (go) ________________________now?

PART C- READING

5. Children (play) ________________________badminton with their friends every afternoon.

I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks: communication between use word when The (1) …………… “telepathy” has been derived from the words “tele” meaning

“distance” and “pathy” meaning “feeling”. So telepathy actually means getting feelings

KÈ

through a distance. Telepathy is the communication (2) …………. two minds, separated over a distance, without the (3) …………… of the five known senses. At some point of time or the

ẠY

other, we all have experienced telepathy. Maybe you were thinking of someone you haven’t talked to for months and you suddenly get a call from them. Or (4) ………….. two people are

together, they might say the same thing at the same time. These are spontaneous mind-to-mind (5) …………… that tend to occur frequently between closely related individuals. 1. _____________ 2. __________ 3. ____________ 4. ___________5._____________ II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage. 78

Today, computer companies sell many (1) ______ programs for computers. First, there are programs for (2) ______math problems. Second, there are programs for scientific studies. Third, some programs are (3)______fancy typewriters. They are often used by writers and business people. (4) ______programs are made for courses in schools and universities. And (5)

adults. A. differ

B. different

A. do

A. like

A. Another

A. next

C. differently

B. to do

C. doing

B. as

C. so B. The other

D. to doing

C. Other C. however

D. The others

D. finally

B. after that

D. difference

D. same

FF IC IA L

______there are programs for fun. These include word games and puzzles for children and

III. Read the text and then answer the questions.

SCOTLAND - THE LAND OF LEGENDS

Scotland is in the north of Great Britain. It is famous for its rich culture as well as its

amazing natural beauty. Visitors to this land can spend endless days exploring its historic

centuries-old castles. But be aware – legend says that some of them are haunted by ghosts.

Fun-lovers can experience its world-famous festival, the Highland Games where they can

enjoy unique Scottish activities such as the piping, drumming, and dancing. They can also see

traditional sports, or drink whisky with the local people. Driving through vast green pastures, or boating on scenic lakes – or lochs – are other attractions that Scotland offers.

KÈ

The great people of this legendary land have also given many of the world’s important inventions like the telephone, the television, penicillin and the raincoat. Edinburgh, the capital,

ẠY

was the first city in the world to have its own fire brigade in 1824. Edinburgh University welcomed the first female medical student in Great Britain in 1869.

1. Is Scotland famous for its rich culture? …………………………………………………………………………………………………2. What might you see while you are exploring a castle? 79

…………………………………………………………………………………………………3. What are some activities you can see at the Scottish Highland Games? ………………………………………………………………………………………………… 4. Which first city in the world has its own fire brigade ?

FF IC IA L

………………………………………………………………………………………………… 5. Do you want to visit Scotland? Why or why not?

………………………………………………………………………………………………… PART D - WRITING

I. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before:

1. We are going to plant a lot of trees in the park.

→ A lot of ……………………………….………………………….

2. I don’t have enough money, so I can’t buy this car.

→ If………………………………………………..…………………

3. Although they were tired, they tried to finish their work on time.

→ In spite of…………………………………………………………

4. “I don’t like this picture very much,” he said.

→ He said that……………………………………………………….

5. His room is untidy, so his mother isn’t happy.

→ Because……………………………………………………………. II. Rearrange the sentences using the following words:

KÈ

1. about/ presentation/ water/ about/ air pollution?/ What/ and/ giving/ a/

ẠY

……………………………………………………………………………………… 2. saw/ I/ yesterday./ very/ a/ film/ interesting/

……………………………………………………………………………………… 3. I/ ride/ bicycle./ primary school,/ started/ had learnt/ how/ By/ I/ the time/ a/ to/ ………………………………………………………………………………………

4. stay/ City/ ten/ We’ve/ for/ in/ decided/ Ha Noi/ days./ to/ ……………………………………………………………………………………… 5. the moon/ in/ Scientists/ planning/ to explore/ future./ are/ people/ to send/ the near/

III. Make sentences using the words and phrases given: 1. I/ live/ on/ outskirts/ a city/ Thailand/now./

FF IC IA L

………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………… 2. English/ speak/ all/ world./

………………………………………………………………………………………

3. Kangaroo/ be/ symbol/ Australia./

……………………………………………………………………………………… 4. Nhi/ enjoyed/ chat/ the phone/ her friends./

……………………………………………………………………………………… 5. Nam/ will/ not/ able/ go/ cinema/ at/ 3.30 p.m./ this Monday/ because/ be/ having/ class./

ẠY

KÈ

THE END

………………………………………………………………………………………

FF IC IA L

ĐÁP ÁN MÔN: TIẾNG ANH – LỚP 8 PART A. LISTENING

1. Listen to a conversation about Canada. Fill each of the gaps with no more than TWO

words. You will listen TWICE.

1. 10 2. Ottawa

3. no

4. 30 million

5. July 1st

2. Listen to a conversation about the Go Green Club. Answer the questions or complete

the answers with no more than TWO WORDS and/or a number. You will listen TWICE.

Key: 1. ten/10

KÈ

2. environmental issues 3. Collecting rubbish

ẠY

4. public campaign

5. environmentally friendly PART B- LANGUAGE FORCUS

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 1. C 2. D 3. A 4. C 5. B 6. D 7. C 8.A II. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form. 82

9.B

10. D

1. had left

2. are built 3. will be studying

4. is / going

5. play

PART C- READING I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks: (1) word (2) between (3) use (4) when (5) communication

1.B

2.C

3.A

4.C

5.D

III. Read the following passage and do the tasks below: 1. Yes, it is. 2. (We might see) ghosts

3. (We can see) piping, drumming, and dancing.

FF IC IA L

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage:

4. Edinburgh

5. students’ options

PART D - WRITING

I. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before:

1. A lot of trees are going to be planted in the park .

2. If I had enough money, I could buy this car.

3. In spite of their tiredness, they tried to finish their project on time./ In spite of being tired,

they tried to finish their work on time. 4. He said that he didn’t like that picture very much.

KÈ

5. Because his room is untidy, his mother isn’t happy. II. Rearrange the sentences using the following words:

ẠY

1. What about giving a presentation about water and air pollution? 2. I saw a very interesting film yesterday.

3. By the time I started primary school, I had learnt how to ride a bicycle. 4. We’ve decided to stay in Ha Noi City for ten days. 5. Scientists are planning to send people to explore the moon in the near future. III. Make sentences using the words and phrases given: 83

1. I am living on the outskirts of a city in Thailand now. 2. English is spoken all over the world. 3. Kangaroo is a symbol of Australia. 4. Nhi enjoyed chatting on the phone with her friends.

FF IC IA L

5. Nam will not be able to go to the cinema at 3.30 p.m. this Monday because he will be having a class.

Nam won’t be able to go to the cinema at 3.30 p.m. this Monday because he’ll be having a

class.

THE END

ĐỀ 12 PART A : LISTENING I. Listen to Son and Peter talking about the most important inventions of the 21th

century. Fill each of the gaps with no more than THREE words and/or a number. You

will listen TWICE.

Year of

(1) ______

KÈ

invention

Facebook

It (3) ______ 1.6 billion people around the world.

Google Driverless Car

(2) ______

2012

World most popular

Change the way people (5)

(4) _______.

______ the city.

ẠY

Usage

Youtube

2. Listen to a talk between Tom and Nick about cloning technology. Decide if the statements are true (T) or false (F). Circle T or F. You will listen TWICE. 1. Tom read about human cloning technology yesterday. 84

2. Nick also knows well about this.

3. Nick feels this is a terrible technology.

4. Tom says that this technology can be used for good purposes.

5. Tom thinks this technology is wonderful because it helps people to have

FF IC IA L

babies.

PART B. LANGUAGE FOCUS

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences :

occasions B. at

C. on

D. in

A. during

1. Americans rarely shake hands to say goodbye, except ________________business

2. In most social situations where people of acquaintance meet each other, ________________ way of greeting is allowed B. informal

C. serious

A. formal

D. artificial

B. signals

A. gestures

3. Hand ________________can mean a person is interested in the conversation C. gesture

D. sign

B. who

A. that

4. My father shouted at me, ________________made me feel sorrowful C. whose

D. which

Mars________.

KÈ

A. now

5. The students asked me if astronauts could have brought back any rocks from

B. then

C. ago

D. than

6. If we use water ____________________, more people will have clean water

ẠY

A. care

B. careless

C. carefully

D. carelessly

7. Air ______________, together with littering, is causing many problems in our cities today.

A. pollute

B. polluted

C. polluting

8. The USA has a population of about 304 million, and it’s the third ___________________country in the world. 85

D. pollution

A. smallest

B. largest

C. narrowest

D. highest

9. ‘________________ the pink dress ? It suits you’ said Molly. A. Why don’t you buy

B. Why did you not

C. Did I buy

D. Had you bought

10. You have a ticket for the game, _____________? B. haven’t you

A. do you

C. don’t you

FF IC IA L

buy

D. have you

II. Supply the corect tense or form of the verb in parentheses :

1. If I (have)____________________a lot of money, I would buy a new house.

2. Let’s (discuss) ____________________ the topic for the upcoming preservation.

3. Our teacher, Mrs Lan, (be) ______________________ill for two weeks.

4. We don’t like video chatting. We enjoy (work) _____________________F2F.

5. Which TV programme (you/watch) ______________________at 9 pm tomorrow ?

PART C. READING

I. Fill in each blanket with a suitable word from the box to complete the passage .

west – built – events – scientific – construction

The Great Pyramid of Giza was (1)……………….. as a tomb of Pharaoh Cheops in

2720 BC. Although it was built a long time ago, its (2)………………… makes it one of the

true wonders of the world. The four sides of the pyramid are put almost exactly on true north, south, east and (3)…………………... Explorations and detailed examinations of the base of

KÈ

the structure reveal many interesting lines. Further(4)………………….. study indicates that these represent a type of line of events – past, present and future. Many of the

ẠY

(5)……………… have been interpreted and found to coincide with known facts of the past. 1____________2____________3____________4____________5____________

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage :

Is Australia the world’s largest island or its (1) ……… continent? Actually, it’s both. In fact, Australia is the only country that is also a continent. Australia has a population of 16,5 86

million people. That makes this island nation one of the least densely (2) ………. countries. What ethnic groups make up the Australian population? The majority (3) ………. Australians are of English, Irish, Italian, Greek, Dutch, and Polish. However, over the past fifty years, some four million people from more than 120 countries have made Australia their (4) ……...

1. A. smallest

B. smaller

C. small

2. A. populated

B. population

C. crowd

3. A. in

B. on

C. of

4. A. house

B. family

C. home

5. A. immigrate

B.immigration

C. immigrant

FF IC IA L

This includes a large number of Asian and African (5)……………………..

D. be small

D. crowded D. with

D. friend

D. immigrants

III. Read the following passage and do the tasks below :

HURRICANE KATRINA

New Orleans, in Louisiana, is known as the most unique city in the United States with

distinctive architecture, cross-cultural heritage and annual music festivals.

However, due to its location along the Mississippi River with lakes on the other side, and nearly

half of the city below sea level, the city faces the danger of flooding. So, a levee system and

drainage canals were built to protect the city.

Early in the morning of August 29, 2005, Hurricane Katrina, the most destructive natural disaster

in the history of New Orleands, struck the city. The storm brought strong winds and heavy rains for several days. As a result water from the river and lakes rose, breaking the levees and poured

KÈ

directly into the city. Soon 80 percent of the city was under water. People scrambled to rooftops for safety, desperate for food and drinking water. The winds were so strong that even beds in

ẠY

Hyatt Hotel were seen flying out of the hotel windows. The loss was ‘tremendous’. Most of the major roads and bridges were destroyed and houses collapsed. Nearly 2,000 people were killed.

After the storm, several natural grounds for the breeding and migrating of different species of animals and birds were permanently lost. 1. New Orleans is famous for _________________________. 87

A. its morden architecture

B. its cross-cultural heritage

C. its Mississippi River

D. Its location

2. The word “tremendous” means _________________ A. puzzling

B. legendary

C. unique

FF IC IA L

1. When did Hurricane Katrina strick the city ?

D. huge

____________________________________________________________________________ 2. What did people scramble to rooftops for ?

____________________________________________________________________________ 3. How many people were killed ?

____________________________________________________________________________

PART D. WRITING

I. Rearrange the following words to make meaningful sentences : 1. our customs / We / respect / traditions. / should / and/

____________________________________________________________________________

2. a little / You / have / difficulty / at night. / may / driving/

____________________________________________________________________________

3. were / If / you / I / , / vegetables / I / plant / in the garden. / would/

____________________________________________________________________________

4. will not / I / you / be working / hope / home / when / arrive / today. / I / at 8 pm/ ____________________________________________________________________________

KÈ

5. studying / Nam / that / liked / on the internet. / said / he / at home/ ____________________________________________________________________________

ẠY

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before : 1. Mr Smith will collect the tickets.

- The tickets _______________________________________________________ 2. Get up early or you will miss the first bus. - If you _____________________________________________________________________ 3. There was a loud noise next to my door last night, so I couldn’t sleep. 88

- Because _______________________________________________________________ 4. “We may go sightseeing in Sa Pa next week”. Peter told Mary. - Peter told Mary __________________________________________________________ 5. Cuong is so kind to help the injured people.

FF IC IA L

- It is ____________________________________________________________________ III. Use the following suggested words to complete a paragraph :

I disagree with the idea that robots will only bring benefits to people in the future. 1. Robots / also / have /some negative effects/./

____________________________________________________________________________

2. Firstly, / they / be / very expensive / and / we / spend / too much / money / buy / and / fix /

them/./

____________________________________________________________________________ 3. Secondly, / robots in factories / be able to do everything / the workers do, / so robots / make

them jobless/./

____________________________________________________________________________

4. Thirdly, / robots in our homes / do all the housework for us ,/ so we / become / lazy and

inactive/./

____________________________________________________________________________

5. In short, / robots / do / many things for us, / but they / not / improve the quality / our life/./

ẠY

KÈ

____________________________________________________________________________

ĐÁP ÁN MÔN : TIẾNG ANH - LỚP 8 HK2 PART A. LISTENING

I. Listen to Son and Peter talking about the most important inventions of the 21th century. Fill each of the gaps with no more than THREE words and/or a number. You will listen TWICE. 1. 2000

2. 2005

3. connects

4. video-sharing website

5. move around

1. C

2. B

3. A

4. D

FF IC IA L

II. Listen to a talk between Tom and Nick about cloning technology. Decide if the

6. C

7. D

8. B

9. A

10. C

statements are true (T) or false (F). Circle T or F. You will listen TWICE. 1. T

2. F

3. T

4. T

5. T

PART B. LANGUAGE FOCUS

3. has been

2. discuss

N Ơ

II. Put the correct form of the verbs. 1. had

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

5. will you be

watching

4. working

5. B

PART C. READING

I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks:

1.built 2.construction

3.west

KÈ

4.scientific 5. events

ẠY

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage. 1.A

2.A

3.C

4.C

5.D

III. Read the passage and do the tasks bellow. A. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 1. B

2. D

B. Answer the questions: 90

1. (Hurricane Katrina/It struck the city) early in the morning of August 29, 2005. 2. (They/People scrambled to rooftops) for safety, desperate for food and drinking water. 3. Nearly 2,000 people (were killed). PART D. WRITING

1. We should respect our customs and traditions. 2. You may have a little difficulty driving at night. 3. If I were you, I would plant vegetables in the garden.

FF IC IA L

I. Rearrange the following words to make meaningful sentences :

4. I hope you will not be working when I arrive home at 8 pm today.

5. Nam said that he liked studying at home on the internet.

II. Rewrite the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one.

1. The tickets will be collected by Mr Smith

2. If you don’t get up early, you will miss the first bus./Or If you get up early, you won't miss

the train.

3. Because there was a loud noise next to my door last night , I couldn’t sleep.

4. Peter told /said to Mary (that) they might go sightseeing in Sa Pa the next week/the

following week.

5. It’s so kind of Cuong to help the injured people.

III. Use the following suggested words to complete a paragraph : 1. Robots will also have some nagative effects.

them.

KÈ

2. Firstly, they will be very expensive and we will spend too much money buying and fixing

ẠY

3. Secondly, robots in factories will be able to do everything the workers do, so robots will make them jobless.

4. Thirdly, robots in our homes will do all the housework for us, so we will become lazy and inactive. 5. In short, robots will do many things for us, but they will/may not improve the quality of our lives. 91

FF IC IA L

ĐỀ 13 PART A : LISTENING

1. Listen to the conversation between Trang and Mike. Decide if the statements are true (T) or false (F). Circle T or F. You will listen TWICE.

1. Mike thinks Tam Cam is similar to Cinderella.

2. Like Tam, Cinderella dropped a shoe.

4. The last time Tam was reborn, she was a bird.

3. Like Tam, Cinderella was killed and reborn many times.

5. Tam Cam reflects Vietnamese people's belief that there is life after death.

2. Listen to the story of Hans Christian Andersen's life and complete the notes. Fill each

of the gaps with no more than THREE words and/or a number. You will listen TWICE.

A SHORT BIOGRAPHY OF HANS CHRISTIAN ANDERSEN

- 1805: Born in Odense, (1) ______________

- 1819: Travelled to Copenhagen and worked as (2) ______________ - (3) ______: Started writing fairy tales

ẠY

KÈ

- 1845: (4) ______________ of his stories became known to foreign audiences

PART B :LANGUAGE FOCUS

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences:

1. At this time tomorrow, we __________ a video conference with New York branch. A. will have

B. will be having

C. had

D. have

2. If he phones tomorrow, I ______________ him to come to the party. A. will tell

B. will be telling

C. tell 92

D. would tell

3. Alexander Graham Bell was the _____ of the telephone. A. developer

B. inventor

C. writer

D. user

4. '' Where is Tom?"- " He______________ in the bedroom, I'm not sure." A. must be

B. is

C. may be

D. will be

A. caused

B. led

C. made

D. sent

6. ___________ industrial waste, many fish cannot survive. A. Because

B. Since

C. as

7. What were they doing ________ 8 pm and 9 pm yesterday? B. in

C. between

D Because of

D. at

A. from

FF IC IA L

5. Environmental pollution has ___________ to lots of health problems.

B. had been

C.were

D. will be

A.are

8. If you __________ the president, what would you do to help the environment?

9. Earthquakes, tidal waves and typhoons are natural ___________ . B. weather

C. inventions

D. disasters

A. climate

B. So

C. However

A. Although

10. ________Ba was ill, he still went to the meeting.

D. Because

II. Supply the corect tense or form of the verb in parentheses:

1. We believe scientists (find) _____________ cures to HIV soon.

2. He said he ( like) _______________ that place very much. 3. Most people (leave) _______________ before the volcano erupted.

KÈ

4. More than 5000 houses (destroy)_________________ in the earthquake last night.

ẠY

5. We (visit) ________________ Hue two years ago. PART C : READING

I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks: Also

historical

Flow

areas

destructive

When a volcano erupts, hot gases and melted rock from deep within Earth find their way up

to the surface. This material may (1)

slowly out of a crack in the ground, or it may

explode suddenly into the air. Volcanic eruption is may be very (2) 93

. But they can (3)

create new landforms. Of the nearly 1 ,900 volcanoes active today, or known to have been active in (4)

times, about ninety per cent can be found in the (5)

of South

America, North America, Asia, and Oceania that are close to the Pacific Ocean. 1__________2__________3__________4__________5__________

FF IC IA L

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage:

Have a walk (1) …………a beach, listen to the sound of the sea waves, and

suddenly you see a lot of rubbish on the beach. Pollution takes away all the beauty of our beaches. I feel really annoyed (2) ……….. I see plastic bags lying on the sand,

cigarette ends buried in the sand, and soda cans floating in the sea.

There are a lot of things that we can do. If we see rubbish, we should do our part in the

protecting the land (3) ………… picking it up and throwing it in dust bins. Moreover, we can form some kind of organization that helps (4) ……… the beaches. If everyone does their part,

2. A. before 3. A. by

D. Over

B. after

C. when

D. while

B. with

C. of

D. in

B cleaning off

C. clean up

D. clean off

C. until

D. before

4. A. cleaning up 5. A. when

C. at

B. in

1. A. on

beaches are damaged beyond repair.

the beaches will be a wonderful and beautiful place. We need to start now (5) ………… the

B. after

KÈ

III. Read the following passage and do the tasks below : Tsunamis, whose name derives from the Japanese expression for "high wave in a

ẠY

harbour", are giant sea waves. These waves are quite different from storm surges. They are also referred to by the general public as tidal waves although they have nothing to do with tides.

Scientists often refer to them as seismic sea waves, which is far more appropriate because they are often the result of undersea seismic activity. Tsunamis can be caused when the sea floor suddenly moves, during an underwater earthquake or volcano, and the water above the moving earth is suddenly displaced. This sudden shift of 94

water sets off a series of waves. These waves can travel great distances, at speeds close to 700 kilometres per hour. In the open ocean, tsunami waves are not very high, often no more than one or two metres. It is when they hit the shallow waters near the coast that they increase in height, possibly up to 40 metres.

FF IC IA L

A. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 1.The passage mainly discusses __________. A.tidal waves

B.tides

C.tsunamis

D.storm surges

C.storm surges

D.scientists

2. The word "they" in line 5 refers to __________. A. tides

B. seismic sea waves

B. Answer the questions:

1. What are Tsunamis?

2. Are Tsunamis the same as storm surges?

.............................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

3. When do tsunami waves increase in height up to 40 meters?

..........................................................................................................................................

PART D : WRITING

I. Rearrange the sentences using the following words :

1. be/ other planets/ might/ on / life / There/./ ……………………………………………………………………………………...............

KÈ

2. used to/ My brother / online games / he / a / child / play / when / was/./ ………………………………………………………………………………………...........

ẠY

3. always/ more / his / Tim/ than/ does things/ brother/ carefully/./ ……………………………………………………………………………………...............

4. asked / a / me / had / home / Helen / if / I / computer / at /./ ……………………………………………………………………………………...............

5. don't / harder/ you/ exams/ start / if / won't/ your/ working/ You /pass/./ ……………………………………………………………………………………............... 95

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before : 1. Nam doesn't speak English as well as Ba -> Ba speaks English ………………………………………………………….................. 2. He hates to get up early on cold days.

FF IC IA L

-> He detests ………………………………………………………………………........... 3. People will use more solar energy in Viet Nam in the future.

-> More solar energy ………………………………………………………………......... 4. " What are you doing now? Ben asked me.

-> Ben asked me ………………………………………………………..…….................

5. Leaves are damaged, so the tree can't get enough food energy to stay healthy.

-> The tree can't get enough food energy to stay healthy………………………….…......

1. They / live / Ha Noi / for / long time/./

III. Make sentences using the words and phrases given : …………………………………… ………………………………………………...........

2. My grandfather/ adore / listen /classical music/./

………………………………………………………………………………………......... 3. This computer / produce / the USA / in 1995/./

………………………………………………………………………… …………..........

KÈ

4. We/ have / wonderful time / Ho Chi Minh City/ at this time / last year/./ ……………………………………………………………………………………............ 5. What/ you / do / if / see / alien / now/?/

ẠY

……………………………………………………………………………………............

FF IC IA L

ĐÁP ÁN MÔN : TIẾNG ANH - LỚP 8 HỌC KÌ II PART A. LISTENING

1. Listen to the conversation between Trang and Mike. Decide if the statements are true

(T) or false (F). Circle T or F. You will listen TWICE. 1. T 2. T 3. F 4. F 5. T

2. Listen to the story of Hans Christian Andersen's life and complete the notes. Fill each

of the gaps with no more than THREE words and/or a number. You will listen TWICE.

1. Denmark 2. (an) actor 3. 1835 4. English translations 5. (liver) cancer

PART B. LANGUAGE FOCUS

2. A

6. D

7. C

3. B

4. C

5. B

8. C

9. D

10. A

1. B

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

KÈ

II. Put the correct form of the verbs.

ẠY

1. will find

2. liked

3. had left

4. were destroyed

5. visited

PART C. READING

I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks:

1. Flow

2. destructive 3. Also 4. historical 97

5. areas II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage. 1. D

2. C

3. A

4. C

5. D

III. Read the passage and do the tasks bellow.

1. C

2. B

B. Answer the questions: 1. Tsunamis( They) are giant sea waves./ Giant sea waves.

FF IC IA L

A.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences:

2. No, they aren't./ No./ No. They are quite different from storm surges.

3. When they hit the shallow waters near the coast.

PART D. WRITING

I. Rearrange the sentences using the following words : 1. There might be life on other planets.

2. My brother used to play online games when he was a child.

3. Tim always does things more carefully than his brother.

4. Helen asked me if I had a computer at home.

5. You won't pass your exams if you don't start working harder.

II. Rewrite the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one.

1. Ba speaks English better than Nam. 2. He detests getting up early on cold days.

KÈ

3. More solar energy will be used in Viet Nam in the future. 4. Ben asked me what I was doing then.

ẠY

5. The tree can't get enough food energy to stay healthy because leaves are damaged.

III. Make up sentences, using the words and phrases given. 1. They have lived in Ha Noi for a long time. 2. My grandfather adores listening to classical music. 3. This computer was produced in the USA in 1995. 98

4. We were having a wonderful time in Ho Chi Minh City at this time last year. 5. What would you do if you saw an alien now?

ĐỀ 14 PART A: LISTENING

FF IC IA L

************ THE END ************

1. You will listen to a television show in which a man shared his story of surviving a

natural disaster. Listen and answer the questions with no more than THREE words. You will listen TWICE. 1. What was Michael doing when the tornado came?

______________________________________

2. Was he warned about the tornado before?

______________________________________

3. Did his family run outside to escape?

4. What was his feeling at that time?

______________________________________

5. What was the bed made of?

______________________________________

2. Listen to a conversation about the Go Green Club. Answer the questions or complete

KÈ

the answers with no more than TWO WORDS and/or a number. You will listen TWICE. 1. How many members did Go Green have when it was founded? - ________________________________

ẠY

2. What is the purpose of Go Green? - To raise people’s awareness about _________________.

3. What is Go Green’s regular activity? - _________________ at Hoan Kiem Lake.

4. What is Go Green’s activity every three months? - Organize a _________________. 5. What is an Ecobag? - It is made from _________________ materials.

FF IC IA L

PART B: LANGUAGE FOCUS

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences:

1.Typhoons are serve tropical storms. They sometimes happen in my ………….. A. stay

B. home

C. house

D. hometown

A. food

B. fooding

C. flooded

2.The government sent rescure food , drink and medicial suplies to ………… homeless. D. floods

B. technology

C. technological

D. technician

A. technique

3. She needs to work on her interview ………. if she wants to gets the job 4. The teacher ……… me that I had better devote more time to science subjects such as

B. talked

C. spoke

A. said

physics, chemistry, and biology.

D. told

B. fast

A. quickly

5. When the earthquake happened, almost people in this building managed to run … . of it. C. smoonthly

D. out

6. Anita is fond_________ playing the piano. B. on

A. in

C. of

D. for

7. If I have much money, I____________ a new car. B. would buy

KÈ

A. will buy

C. bought

D. to buy

8. In 1893, ____________ became the first country in the world to give all women the right to

ẠY

vote.

A. Canada

B. New Zealand

C. America

D. Singapore

9. When you eat in India, you____________ use the right hand. Never use the left hand. A. must

B. should

C. shouldn’t

D. mustn’t

10. It rained hard.____________, my father went to work. A. Therefore

B. However

C. Because 100

D. So

II. Supply the correct tense or form of the verb in parentheses: 1.What you ( do) in the zoo yesterday? →…………………………………………………… 2. If I ( be ) you, I wouidn't buy that book.

FF IC IA L

→……………………………………………………. 3. She asked me ( not wait) for her. →…………………………………………………… 4.That car (repair) since last Tet holiday.

5.The train ( start) before we arrived at the station.

→………………………………………………………

→…………………………………………………….

PART C: READING

I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks: On

destroyed

wildfire

hottest

dry

A (1)______is defined as being an uncontrolled fire that occurs in the wilderness. They

can be massive in size and have the ability to spread across vast distances, jumping rivers, roads

and fire breaks in the process. Usually, wildfires occur in hot and (2)______ climates during the

(3)______months of spring and summer.(4)______ average, there are a reported 60,000 to

80,000 wildfires each year, and 3 millions to 10 millions acres of green land are (5)_______ in their wake.Wildfires can have different effects 1 on the environment depending on their size and

KÈ

frequency.

1___________2____________3____________4___________5_________

ẠY

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage: Tet is a national and (1) __________festival in Viet Nam. It is a good occasion for every

Vietnamese to be returned to think (2) _________ their past activities and hope for good luck when the year to come. Before Tet all houses are cleaned and (3) _________with yellow apricot flowers and colorful lanterns. Everybody is looking (4) __________ to a more favorite life. 101

On the New Year’s Eve, children are smartly dressed. They hope to (5)________ money put in a small red envelopes as they wish longevity to their grandparents and parents. Wrong doings should be absolutely avoided on these days. B. modern

C. music

D. traditional

2. A. about

B. to

C. after

D. for

3. A. decorate

B. decorating

C. decorated

4. A. for

B. forward

C. after

5. A. make

B. borrow

C. receive

D. decorates D. at

D. sell

III. Read the following passage and do the tasks below:

Hue Festival

FF IC IA L

1. A. summer

Hue Festival is a big cultural event of Hue City that is held every two years. The first

Hue Festival took place in 2000. At the beginning of Hue Festival, visitors can enjoy a colorful opening ceremony with unique performances of several art groups from Vietnam and other

countries. Besides, visitors can come and enjoy “ Ao dai” Grand Show, “Oriental night” Show,

and sporting activities like boat race, human chess, etc. Particularly, the ancient scenery of

Nguyen Dynasty is also reproduced. The Royal Refined Music of Hue was recognized as a

Masterpiece of the Oral and Intangible Heritage of Humanity by UNESCO in 2003. Hue festival

is well-known as an international festival because the traditional and cultural values from

Vietnam and other countries are widely presented to the world in this festival. A. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences:

KÈ

1.The text is about_________. B.Hue city

C. A festival in Vietnam

D. Traditional and cultural values of Vietnam

ẠY

A. Hue festival

2. When was the first Hue Festival celebrated? B. many years ago.

C. 2000.

D. 2003.

A. two years ago.

B. Answer the questions: 1. Is Hue Festival taken place every year? 102

→………………………………………………. 2. Why is Hue Festival well-known as an international? →…………………………………………………

the Oral and Intangible Heritage of Humanity by UNESCO? →………………………………………………………….. PART D : WRITING

FF IC IA L

3. When was the Royal Refined Music of Hue recognized as a Masterpiece of

I.Complete the second sentence sothat it means the same as the sentence before: 1. He is the tallest in the family.

→Nobody………………………………………

3.They have repaired the engine of the car.

→You shouldn’t…………………………………

2. Don’t trip over the step into the kitchen.

→The engine of the car…………………………..

4.”Would you like to come to my birthday party, Sarah?” asked John.

→John invited…………………………………….

5. He has never played computer games before.

→This is the first time…………………………………….

II. Rearrange the sentences using the following words: 1. is/ country fair/ entertainment/ at/ pig-racing/ for/ a/ often/ held/./

KÈ

……………………………………………………………………………………… 2.New York/ the/ but/ capital/ is/ city/ the USA/ the/ in/ not/ biggest/./

ẠY

……………………………………………………………………………………… 3.English/ an/ language/ Malaysia/ India/ many/ is/ official/ other countries/ in/ and/./

……………………………………………………………………………………… 4.whereas/ capital/ of/ the/ London/ of/ Edinburgh/ capital/ England/ the/ is/ is/ Scotland/./ ……………………………………………………………………………………… 5.English speakers/ increasing/ the/ fast/ of/ number/ world/ is/ the/ in/./ 103

……………………………………………………………………………………… III. Using the suggestions below and your own knowledge, write a

paragraph from 100

words to tell about your favourite vacation spot. You should write:

FF IC IA L

-What's the name of this spot? -Where is it? - How often do you come there? -Who do you often go with? -What do you often do there and why do you like it?

…..........................................................................................................................

…………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………..

ẠY

KÈ

……………………………………………………………………………………..

ĐÁP ÁN MÔN: TIẾNG ANH - LỚP 8 HỌC KÌ II: NĂM HỌC 2018 - 2019

PART A: LISTENING

104

I. You will listen to a television show in which a man shared his story of surviving a natural disaster. Listen and answer the questions with no more than THREE words. You will listen TWICE. 1. He was cooking./Cooking dinner.

FF IC IA L

2. No, he wasn’t./No. 3. No, they didn’t./No. 4. He felt terrified./Terrified. 5. (very) hard wood

II. Listen to a conversation about the Go Green Club. Answer the questions or complete

the answers with no more than TWO WORDS and/or a number. You will listen TWICE.

1. ten/10

2. environmental issues 3. Collecting rubbish

4. public campaign

5. environmentally friendly

PART B: LANGUAGE FOCUS

6. C

7. A

3. A

4. D

5.D

8. B

9. B

10. B

2. C

1. D

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences:

II. Supply the correct tense or form of the verb in parentheses: 2. were

3. not to wait

KÈ

1. did/ do

ẠY

4. has been repaired

5. had started PART C: READING

I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks:

1. wildfire

2. dry

3. hottest

4. On

5. destroyed

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage: 1. D

2. A

3. C

4. B

5. C

III. Read the following passage and do the tasks below: 105

A. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 1. A

2. C

B. Answer the questions: 1. No./ No, it isn't.

FF IC IA L

2. Because the traditional and cultural values from Vietnam and other countries are widely presented to the world in this festival.

3. The Royal Refined Music of Hue was recognized as a Masterpiece of the Oral and Intangible Heritage of Humanity by UNESCO in 2003/ in 2003/ 2003. PART D : WRITING

I. Complete the second sentence sothat it means the same as the sentence before:

1. Nobody in the family is taller than him ( he is )/ Nobody in the family is as tall as him ( he is

). 2. You shouldn’t trip over the step into the kitchen.

3. The engine of the car has been repaired.

4. John invited Sarah to come to his birthday party.

5. This is the first time he has played computer games.

II. Rewrite the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one.

1.Pig-racing is often held at a country fair for entertainment.

2.New York is the biggest city in the USA, but not the capital. 3.English is an official language in Malaysia, India, and many other countries.

KÈ

4.London is the capital of England, whereas Edinburgh is the capital of Scotland. 5.The number of English speakers in the world is increasing fast

ẠY

III. Using the suggestions below and your own knowledge, write a 100 words to tell about your favourite vacation spot.

(Students’ writing)

106

paragraph from

ĐỀ 15 PART A : LISTENING 1. You will listen to a television show in which a man shared his story of surviving a

FF IC IA L

natural disaster. Listen and answer the questions with no more than THREE words. You will listen TWICE. 1. What was Michael doing when the tornado came? ______________________________________ 2. Was he warned about the tornado before?

______________________________________

3. Did his family run outside to escape?

4. What was his feeling at that time?

______________________________________

5. What was the bed made of?

______________________________________

2. Listen to a conversation between two friends. Decide if the statements are true (T) or

false (F). Circle T or F. You will listen TWICE.

T F

2. Toronto is a multi-cultural city.

T F

3. Mike has been to all three cities.

T F

4. Toronto people are slow paced.

T F

ẠY

KÈ

1. Mike wants to go to Canada for holiday.

5. Montreal has a light French-Canadian influence.

PART B :LANGUAGE FOCUS

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 1. My house isn’t very far _________school, so I usually go to school _________ bike. 107

A. from- on

B. away - in

C. of - by

D. from - by

2. When I was a child, I usually _________fishing with my brother. A. go

B. went

C. gone

D. used to go

3. They are not _________to take part in this program of the World Health Organization. B. old enough

C. enough old

4. Can you turn _________ the TV? I want to see the film. A. on

B. off

C. for

D. as old

FF IC IA L

A. so old

D. in

5. Peter doesn’t like scuba-diving. _________does his brother. A. Too

B. Neither

C. So

D. Either

B. in spite

C. because

D. because of

A. despite

6. The football match was postponed _________the bad weather.

A. is publishing

7. This newspaper _________ every day. It’s a daily newspaper. B. is published

C. publishes

D. publish

B. friendliness

9. What is ___thing in one’s life?

C. friendly

A. the most important B. more important than

C. important as

D. important

than

D. unfriendly

A. friends

8. Linda has many _________at school because she is very helpful.

10. I felt quite _______ with my day’s work. A. satisfy

B. satisfactory

C. satisfied

D. satisfaction

KÈ

II. Supply the corect tense or form of the verb in parentheses: 1. This house (not use ) ________________since we moved here.

ẠY

2. I (meet) ________________my old friend last week. 3. Remember (turn) ________________off the fans before leaving the class.

4. Your parents ( come ) ________________ home yet? 5. I’d like (lie) ________________ on the beach today. It’s too hot to do anything else. PART C : READING I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks: 108

library

work

students

schoolyard

beautiful

The name of my school is Luong The Vinh Secondary school. It is a (1) _____ school. There are about eight hundred (2) _____ and more than forty teachers in my school. They (3) _____ very hard so that we can understand the lessons well. My school’s (4) _____ is very

FF IC IA L

big. You can see all kinds of books in it. We also have a very large and clean (5) _____. Students play all kinds of games during their break time. My school is not big, but I love it very much. 1__________2__________3__________4__________5__________

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage :

I went to Australia on a student program last year and I like to (1)_____you about it. I

was very (2)_____when I knew I was going to Australia because I had never been there before.

I didn’t think about the problems of speaking English (3)_____I met my host family. At first I couldn’t communicate with them because my English was so bad. All the five years I had been

learning English wasn’t much used at all (4)_____we didn’t have real practice at school. Even

though my grammar was good, my pronunciation wasn’t. My problem is (5)_____ ‘l’ and ‘r’.

For example, Australian people often asked “What do you eat in Vietnam?” I wanted to tell

them that we eat rice, but they didn’t understand when I said “We eat lice”…

KÈ

4. A. although

C. talk

D. speak

B. excites

C. excited

D. excite

B. until

C. when

D. while

B. even

C. because

D. so

B. speaking

C. reading

D. telling

2. A. exciting 3. A. after

B. tell

1. A. say

5. A. pronouncing

ẠY

III. Read the following passage and do the tasks below : Charles Dickens was one of the greatest writers in English Literature. He was born into a poor

family in England. His father was a clerk in an office. It was a good job but he always spent more money than he earned, so he was often in debt. When Dickens was eleven years old, his father was put into prison because he could not pay his debts. At the age of twelve, Dickens was sent to work in a factory labeling bottles for six shillings a week. 109

When Dickens was sixteen, he worked for a newspaper, and soon became a good journalist. He also wrote many short stories and novels about London’s life. Many of his characters were poor and hungry people. Some of his novels have been translated into many different languages. His two novels “Oliver Twist” and “David Copperfield” are famous all over the world.

1. Which of the following sentences is NOT true ? A. Charles Dickens was born into a poor family in England. B. Charles Dickens always spent more money than he earned. C. His father was put into prison when he was 11 years old.

FF IC IA L

A.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences:

D. “Oliver Twist” and “David Copperfield” were written by Charles Dickens.

2. The word famous in the second paragraph mostly means________.

A. strange B. well done C. well- known D. unknown B. Answer the questions:

1. Was Charles Dickens one of the greatest writers in English Literature?

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

2. How old was he when he worked for a newspaper?

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

3. What did he write about in his short stories and novels?

…………………………………………………………………………………………………… PART D : WRITING

KÈ

I. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before : 1. He took his children to the park 3 days ago.

ẠY

-> His children ..........................................................................................................................

2. Nobody has met them since last month.

-> They ........................................................................................................................................ 3. She watched TV, then she prepared her lessons. -> After ……………………………………....................…………........................................... 4. The milk was too stale to drink. 110

-> The milk wasn’t....................................................................................................................... 5. When were you born? ->What is ..................................................................................................................................?

1. The children/ always/ fond/ candy/ such/ chocolate/ cakes/./

FF IC IA L

II. Make sentences using the words and phrases given : …………………………………………………………………………………………………… 2. Nhung/ good/ studious/ student/ and/ never/ late/ school/./

…………………………………………………………………………………………………… 3. My mother/ go/ work/ 6.30/ every day/./

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

4. She/ usually/ afraid/ dogs/ but/ she/ like/ cats/. /

…………………………………………………………………………………………………… 5. We/ often/ go/ there/ four times/ month/ summer/./

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

III. Use the following suggested words to complete a paragraph about Dung’s trip to Nha

Trang.

Dung/ go/ Nha Trang/ family/ on her vacation/ last month/./

She/ stay/ hotel/ near/ beach//. In the early morning/ she/ go/ swim/an hour/./

Then/ she/ breakfast. Afternoon/ she/ take/ photos/./ She/ stay/ Nha Trang/ four days/ and/ take/ nice photos/./

KÈ

She/ also/ buy/ postcards/ souvenirs/ for/ friends/./ It/ be/ great vacation/ because/ she/ have/ lot/ fun/./

ẠY

FF IC IA L O N Ơ H N Y U Q M KÈ ẠY D HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM KIỂM TRA CHẤT LƯỢNG HỌC KÌ II MÔN : TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 112

PART A. LISTENING I. LISTENING 1. You will listen to a television show in which a man shared his story of surviving a

FF IC IA L

natural disaster. Listen and answer the questions with no more than THREE words. You will listen TWICE. 1. He was cooking./Cooking dinner. 2. No, he wasn’t./No. 3. No, they didn’t./No.

4. He felt terrified./Terrified. 5. (very) hard wood

2. T

3. T

4. F

5. F

1. F

false (F). Circle T or F. You will listen TWICE.

2. Listen to a conversation between two friends. Decide if the statements are true (T) or

PART B. LANGUAGE FOCUS

2. B

3. B

6. D

7. B

8. A

4. A

1. D

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

9. A

5. B

10 . C

II. Put the correct form of the verbs.

KÈ

1. hasn’t been used

2. met

3. to turn

4. have/ come

5. to lie

PART C. READING

ẠY

I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks: 4. library

1. beautiful 2. students 3. work

5. schoolyard

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage. 1. B

2. C

3. B

4. C

5. A

III. Read the passage and do the tasks bellow. 113

A.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 1. B

2. C

B. Answer the questions:

2. He was sixteen./ Sixteen

FF IC IA L

1. Yes. Yes, he was. 3. He wrote about London’s life/ About London’s life (in his short stories and novels ). PART D. WRITING

I. Rewrite the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one. 1. The children were taken to the park ( by him ) 3 days ago.

2. They haven’t been met since last month.

3. After watching TV, she prepared her lessons.

4. The milk wasn’t fresh enough to drink. 5. What is your date of birth?

II. Make up sentences, using the words and phrases given. 1. The children are always fond of candy such as chocolate and cakes.

2. Nhung is a good and studious student and she is never late for school.

3. My mother goes to work at 6.30 every day. 4. She is usually afraid of dogs but she likes cats.

5. We often go there four times a month in the summer.

KÈ

III. Use the following suggested words to complete a paragraph about Dung’s trip to Nha

************ THE END ************

ẠY

Trang. ( STUDENTS' WRITING)

114

MÃ TRƯỜNG

ĐỀ KIỂM TRA CHẤT LƯỢNG HỌC KÌ II

(do phòng GD-ĐT ghi)

MÔN : TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8

PART A : LISTENING

FF IC IA L

______________

I. Listen to a talk between Tom and Nick about cloning technology. You will listen TWICE: (Unit 9 – 1. Listen and read ) 1.Nam Dinh Province was hit by a severe ________. A. wind

B. rain

C. tropical storm

D. tornado

B. injured

C. lucky

D. died

A. well

2.Only a few people were ________.

A. rain

B. water

3.The storm caused extensive ________ to property. C. wind

D. damages

D. homeless

D. dangerous

A. trapped B. caught

4.Rescue workers have freed those who were ________ in flooded homes.

B. clothes

C. home

A. food

5.The government has sent rescue equipment, food, and ________. D. medical supplies

II. Listen to a conversation about the Go Green Club. Answer the questions or

complete the answers with no more than TWO WORDS and/or a number. You will listen TWICE. (ENGLISH LANGUAGE TEST Time: 15 minutes Unit 11 )

KÈ

The Internet is said to be one of the most amazing (1)____________ that humans have made. Since its appearance, the Internet has been so popular that nearly everyone uses it or

ẠY

knows about it. However, the Internet can be a scary place, especially because of cyberbullying. Open any (2)____________ these days and you will see a story about this cyber-

bullying. It’s a really nasty and growing problem. Cyber-bullies are real cowards. They hide behind their computers and scare people, send them hate mail or threaten them. Even worse is when they (3) ____________ pictures of their victims online. I have a friend who had a bad time at the hands of a cyber-bully. The cyber-bully (4)____________ lots of 115

gossips and lies on the Internet. My friend’s reputation was badly damaged. You may wonder how cyber-bullying starts at school. Many schoolchildren physically bully others in class and then continue doing it online. Their victim isn’t safe anywhere. It is high time we (5)____________ to stop cyber-bullying.

FF IC IA L

PART B :LANGUAGE FOCUS

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 1. My bicycle________last night. A. has been stolen

B. was stolen

C. stole

B. speaks

C. to speak

D. speaking

D. hardly

A. speak

2. Hoa is bad at________ English.

3. The old man went ________across the street. B. fastly

C. slowly

A. slow

D. is stolen

4. Up to now, I ________a lot of information about her. B. would learn

C. learnt

D. will learn

C. although

D. in spite of

C. teacher

D. doctor

A. have learnt

5. She failed the test ________she studied hard. B. despite

A. as

B. mechanic

A. farmer

6. My father is a________. He works in a garage.

7. John drives very ________, he has never had any accidents. A. careful

B. careless C. carelessly

D. carefully

KÈ

8. ________your homework finished last night? A. Was

B. Did

C. Are

D. Do

C. in

D. during

C. are produced

D. would be produced

ẠY

9. We have learnt English________2001. A. for

B. since

10. Honda motorbikes______in Viet Nam. A. produce

B. will produce

II. Supply the corect tense or form of the verb in parentheses: 1. We began (talk) ________________ about next year’s holiday two months ago. 116

2. I finished ( read) ________________ the book and went to bed. 3. Don’t let children (play) ________________alone. 4. Nam (watch) ________________a movie on TV last night?

PART C : READING

FF IC IA L

5. Hurry up! The bus driver (wait) ________________for us.

I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks: decorated

money

wishes festival crowded

Tet is a national (1)_______. It is an occasion for every Vietnamese to have a good time while thinking about the last year and the next year at Tet. Spring Fairs are organized, streets and

public buildings are brightly (2)_______and almost all shops are (3)_______ with people

shopping for Tet. At home, everything is tidied, special food is cooked. Children are given

(4)_______ wrapped in a red tiny envelope. Tet is also time for peace and lucky and friends,

relatives, and neighbors give each other best (5)_______ for the new year.

1__________2__________3__________4__________5__________ II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage

Nowadays, television becomes very (1) ________. Both old and young people enjoy

watching it very much. TV programs attract millions of viewers all (2) ________ the world. In

addition of the news, television stations also broadcast many(3) ________programs such as sports, music, cartoons, wild life, popular science, reports, contests, movies, ect. At present,

KÈ

people can enjoy a (4) ________program on TV. Live TV program helps us see events the same time as they are happening. In our country, we often watch live TV program of important events

ẠY

and ( 5 ) ________ football matches. B. popular

C. expensive

D. much

2. A. in

B. over

C. on

D. around

3. A. interesting B. boring

C. happy

D. popular

4. A. new

B. interesting

C. live

D. big

5. A. nationally

B. nation

C. internation 117

D. international

1. A. important

III. Read the following passage and do the tasks below : More than two hundred years ago, the term “ environment” was quite strange to people. They lived heathily, drank pure water, and breathed fresh air. Nowadys, the situation is quite different. People all over the world are worried about things that are happening to the environment.

FF IC IA L

Actually it is man that is destroying the surroudings with many kingds of wastes. Everybody knows that motorbikes and cars cause polluted air, but noone wants to travel on foot or by bike. Manufacturers know that wastes from factories make water and soil polluted, but they don’t want to spend a lot of money on treating the wastes safely. Scattering garbage is bad for our health, but noone wants to spend time burying it.

A.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences:

B. garbages

C. water

2. What does the word they in line 7 refer to? B. everybody

B. Answer the questions:

C. manufacturers D. factories

A. wastes

D. air

A. surroundings

1. The word wastes in bold in line 6 could be raplaced by which of the following?

1. Did people know about environment pollution more than two hundred years ago?

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

2. What are people all over the world worried about nowadays?

…………………………………………………………………………………………………… 3. Where do the wastes that make the water and soil polluted come from?

KÈ

…………………………………………………………………………………………………… PART D : WRITING

ẠY

I. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before : 1. We were late for school because of the heavy rain.

-> Because it................................................................................................................................... 2. Unless he takes these pills, he won’t be better. ->If................................................................................................................................................ 3. It’s very wonderful to spend the weekend in the countryside. 118

->Spending.................................................................................................................................... 4. It’s 3 years since I last saw Nam. -> I haven’t.................................................................................................................................... 5. He wrote the letter in two hours.

II. Make sentences using the words and phrases given : 1. This brigde/build/ last year/./

FF IC IA L

->It ..............................................................................................................................................

…………………………………………………………………………………………………… 2. It/ very interesting/ visit/ your country/./

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

3. He/ not interested/ buy/ new/ house /./

…………………………………………………………………………………………………… 4. How much time/ you/ spend/ learn/ English/ every day/?/

5. How long/ it/ take you/ get/ school /?/

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

December………, 2018

III. Use the following suggested words to complete a letter to a foreign friend .

Dear……… Christmas vacation

KÈ

First semester report/ last week Good grades/ Music/ Literature

ẠY

Teacher/ tell/ improve Math In a few weeks/ Tet holiday

Go to the Vung Tau/ mother / sister/ this Sunday Send some souvenirs.

……………………………………......................................……………………………………… 119

FF IC IA L

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

ẠY

KÈ

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

120

FF IC IA L

HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM KIỂM TRA CHẤT LƯỢNG HỌC KÌ II MÔN : TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8 PART A. LISTENING

1. C

2. B 3. D 4. A

I. Listen to the passage and choose the correct answer. 5. D

3. publish 4. spreads

1. inventions 2. newspaper

II. Listen and complete the sentences.

5. joined hands

PART B. LANGUAGE FOCUS

1. B

2. D

3. C

4. A

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

6. B

7. D

8. A

9. B

10 . C

5. C

II. Put the correct form of the verbs. 2. reading

3. play

4. did/ watch

5. is waiting

PART C. READING

1. to talk/ talking

KÈ

I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks: 1. festival

2. decorated

3. crowded

4. money

5. wishes

ẠY

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage. 1. B

2. B

3. A

4. C

5. D

III. Read the passage and do the tasks bellow. A.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 1. B

2. C

B. Answer the questions: 121

1. No./ No, they didn’t. 2. People all over the world/ They are worried about things that are happening to the environment.

PART D. WRITING

FF IC IA L

3. The wastes that make the water and soil polluted/ They come from factories.

I. Rewrite the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one. 1. Because it rained heavily, we were late for school.

2. If he takes these pills, he will be better/ If he doesn’t take these pills, he won’t be better. 3. Spending the weekend in the countryside is very wonderful.

4. I haven’t seen Nam for 3 years.

5. It took him two hours to write the letter.

II. Make up sentences, using the words and phrases given.

1. This brigde was built last year.

2. It is/ It’s very interesting to visit your country.

3. He is not/ isn’t interested in buyning a new house.

4. How much time do you spend learning English every day?

5. How long does it take you to get to school? III.Write a short paragraph (70-80 words) giving your opinion about life in the

countryside: ( STUDENTS' WRITING)

ĐỀ 16 PART A : LISTENING

ẠY

KÈ

************ THE END ************

1. You will listen to a television show in which a man shared his story of surviving a

natural disaster. Listen and answer the questions with no more than THREE words. You will listen TWICE. 1. What was Michael doing when the tornado came? ______________________________________ 122

2. Was he warned about the tornado before? ______________________________________ 3. Did his family run outside to escape? ______________________________________

FF IC IA L

4. What was his feeling at that time? ______________________________________ 5. What was the bed made of? ______________________________________

2. Listen to the instructions on what to do in an earthquake. Decide if the statements are

true (T) or false (F). Circle T or F.

1. If you are indoors, stay away from windows.

3. If you are driving, get out of the car immediately.

4. If you are trapped, keep shouting loudly until helpers come.

2. If you are indoors, try to run away as far as possible.

5. If you are trapped, you should make sound on a pipe or wall so helpers can find you. T F

PART B :LANGUAGE FOCUS

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 1. If this factory continues____________ poison into the lake, all the fish will die.

KÈ

A. pouring

B. dumping

C. pumping

D.sacking

2. When thermal pollution happens, the water temperature in streams, rivers, lakes and oceans

ẠY

____________ . A. changes

B. keeps

C. remains

D. stays

3. The sight of too many advertising billboards, overhead poles and shop signs causes ____________ pollution. A. air

B. light

C. noise

4. ____________ you ever been to any English speaking countries? 123

D. visual

A. Do

B. Have

C. Were

D. Are.

5. Australia is home to ____________animals like kangaroos and koalas A. only

B. rare

C. unique

D. precious

6.The little boy asked the waitress ____________ have another spoon. B. he could

C. he can

D.if he could

FF IC IA L

A. could he

7.Interviewing applicants for an important job can be a very time ____________ process but it's worth it in the end. A.lasting

B. developing

C.consuming

D.taking

8.Before you start applying for any jobs, you must be absolutely sure you have the right paper

B. qualifiers

C. qualifying

D. qualifications

A. qualities

____________ .

9. You have a ticket to the game,___________? B. haven't you

C. don't you

A. do you

D. have you

B.did he got

A. did he get

10. The boy told the teacher what ___________for Christmas. C.he got

D. he get

II. Supply the corect tense or form of the verb in parentheses:

1. If the book is interesting, (buy) ______________ it.

2. People (live) ______________ happily if there were no war. 3. ________________(the train/leave) at 9.45 from flatform 5?

KÈ

4.Chess (play) __________for around two thousand years

ẠY

5.This time next week, I (lie)

_________ on a beach on Phu Quoc island .

PART C : READING

I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks: spread– danger – rainstorm– dry- raging

124

A forest fire happened in the west of Quang Binh province last week. How it started is unknown, but three days later it was still (1) ___________ out of control. The weather was (2) ___________and windy, so it (3) ___________quickly, and many surrounding districts were in (4) ___________. Fortunately, on the fourth day, there was a (5) ___________which

FF IC IA L

helped to put it out.

1__________2__________3__________4__________5__________

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage :

Australia is a country in the Southern Hemisphere (1) ___________comprises the

mainland of the Australian continent, the island of Tasmania, and many smaller islands in the

Indian and Pacific Oceans. Neighbouring countries (2) ___________Indonesia, East Timor, and

Papua New Guinea (3) ___________the north, the Solomon islands, Vanuatu, New Caledonia to the northeast, and New Zealand to the Southeast. Australia (4) ___________six states, and

two major mainland territories. The (5) ___________ city of Australia is Canberra. With a

population of over 380,000, it’s Australia’s largest inland city and the eighth largest Australian

city overall.

B. where

C. which

D. what

2. A. include

B. contain

C. has

D. conclude

B. to

C. by

D. at

B. takes

C. gets

D. begins

B. urban

C. rural

D. suburb

4. A. has

3. A. on

1. A. who

KÈ

5. A. capital

III. Read the following passage and do the tasks below :

ẠY

Thomas Edison is one of the greatest inventors of the world. He was responsible for more

than one thousand inventions including the electric light bulb and the record player. He also

created the world’s first industrial research laboratory. Edison was born in 1847 in Ohio, USA. When he was 10 years old, he set up a small

laboratory after he had read a science book his mother showed him. In 1869, he borrowed some money and began to make inventions. In 1876 he built a new laboratory so that he could spend 125

all his time inventing. He planned to turn out minor inventions every ten days and a ‘big trick’ every six months. He developed many devices that brought great benefits to people’s life. He once said that the value of an idea lay in the using of it. Edison died in 1931, after having a remarkably productive life.

A. in 1847

B. in 1869.

C. in 1876

FF IC IA L

A. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 1. When was he born?

D. in1931

2. In 1869, he borrowed some ____________and began to make inventions. B. light bulbs.

C.books

D. record players

A. money

B. Answer the questions:

1. Who is Thomas Edison?

…………………………..…………………………..……………………………..

2. What did he develop?

…………………………..…………………………..………………………………

3. How many inventions did he make?

….…………………………..…………………………..…………………………..

PART D : WRITING

I.Rearrange the sentences using the following words:

1. New York/ the/ but/ is/ city/ the USA/ the/ in/ not/ biggest/capital /./

KÈ

….…………………………..…………………………..………………………….. 2.English/ an/language/ Malaysia/ India/ many/ is/ official/ in/ and/ other countries/./

ẠY

….…………………………..…………………………..………………………….. 3.English speakers/ increasing/ The/ of/ number/ world/ is/ the/ in/ fast /./

….…………………………..…………………………..………………………….. 4. whereas/ capital/ of/ the/ London/ of/ Edinburgh/ capital/ England/ the/ is/ is/ Scotland /./ ….…………………………..…………………………..………………………….. 5.That/ was/ terrible/earthquake/but/luckily/we/ survived/ a/ /./ 126

….…………………………..…………………………..………………………….. II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before : 1. You should water these flowers regularly. -> These flowers should ………………………………...........................

FF IC IA L

2. “ I have decided to become an astronomer”, he said.

-> He said that ……………………………………………………………… 3. Let's go abroad for our holiday this year.

-> Why ……………………………………………………………………… 4. I was having dinner when the phone rang.

-> While I …………………………………………………………..……..

5. You should take more exercises because that's the way to get fit.

-> If …………………………………………

III. Make sentences using the words and phrases given :

1. Our car/service/a mechanic/ tomorrow morning /./

…………………………..…………………………..…………………………………

2. At the surgery yesterday,I/examine/Dr.Peterson/ and I/ give/ prescription /./

…………………………..…………………………..………………………………… 3. It /looked like the window/break/a hammer/some times before /./

…………………………..…………………………..………………………………....

KÈ

4.I went to see it because I /tell/it /was a good film /all my friends/./ …………………………..…………………………..…………………………………. 5. Your cheque/ send/ last Friday and/ should/deliver/to you tomorrow/./

ẠY

…………………………..…………………………..………………………………....

_____________ THE END ___________

127

PART A. LISTENING

FF IC IA L

ĐÁP ÁN

1. You will listen to a television show in which a man shared his story of surviving a

natural disaster. Listen and answer the questions with no more than THREE words. You will listen TWICE. 1. He was cooking./Cooking dinner.

2. No, he wasn’t./No.

3. No, they didn’t./No.

4. He felt terrified./Terrified.

5. (very) hard wood

true (T) or false (F). Circle T or F. 3. F

4. F

5. T

2. F

1. T

2. Listen to the instructions on what to do in an earthquake. Decide if the statements are

PART B. LANGUAGE FOCUS

3.D

7.C

8.D

4.B

5.C

9.C

10.C

ẠY

6.D

2.A

KÈ

1.B

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

II. Put the correct form of the verbs. 1. buy

2. would live

3. Does the train leave

4. has been played 5.will be lying

PART C. READING 128

I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks: 1.raging

2. dry

3. spread

4. danger

5. rainstorm

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage. 1.C

2. A

3.B

4.A

5.A

FF IC IA L

III. Read the passage and do the tasks bellow.

A.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 1.A

2.A

B. Answer the questions:

1. (Thomas Edison/He is) one of the greatest inventors of the world.

2. (He developed) many devices that brought great benefits to people’s life.

3. (He made) more than one thousand inventions.

PART D. WRITING

I.Rearrange the sentences using the following words:

1.New York is the biggest city in the USA, but not the capital.

2.English is an official language in Malaysia, India, and many other countries.

3.The number of English speakers in the world is increasing fast.

4.London is the capital of England, whereas Edinburgh is the capital of Scotland.

5.That was a terrible earthquake but luckily we survived. II. Rewrite the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one.

KÈ

1. These flowers should be watered regularly. 2. He said that he had decided to become an astronomer.

ẠY

3.Why don’t we go abroad for our holiday this year? 4.While I was having dinner, the phone rang.

5.If you take more exercises, you will get fit. III. Make up sentences, using the words and phrases given. 1.

Our car is going to be serviced by a mechanic tomorrow morning.

At the surgery yesterday, I was examined by Dr.Peterson, and I was given a prescription. 129

It looked like the window had been broken with a hammer some times before.

I went to see it because I had been told it was a good film by all my friends .

Your cheque was sent last Friday and should be delivered to you tomorrow.

ĐỀ 17 PART A: LISTENING

FF IC IA L

1. Listen to Son and Peter talking about the most important inventions of the 21th

century. Fill each of the gaps with no more than THREE words and/or a number. You

will listen TWICE.

(1) ______

(2) ______

It (3) ______ 1.6 billion people

World most popular

Usage

Google Driverless Car 2012

invention

Year of

Youtube

Facebook

(4) _______.

______ the city.

around the world.

Change the way people (5)

2. Listen to a talk between Tom and Nick about cloning technology. Decide if the

KÈ

statements are true (T) or false (F). Circle T or F. You will listen TWICE.

T F

2. Nick also knows well about this.

T F

ẠY

1. Tom read about human cloning technology yesterday.

T F

4. Tom says that this technology can be used for good purposes.

T F

3. Nick feels this is a terrible technology.

5. Tom thinks this technology is wonderful because it helps people to have babies. T F

PART B: LANGUAGE FOCUS 130

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 1. I like ______________ back my home village on holiday. A. comes

B. come

C. came

D. coming

2. Water ________________ in the lake has made the fish die. B. pollute

C. polluted

D. polluting

FF IC IA L

A. pollution

3. If we ______________ water carefully, more people will have fresh water. A. will use

B. would use

C. using

D. use

4. If the factory continues dumping poison ______________ the lake, all the fish and other aquatic animals will die. B. to

C. about

B. sneeze

C. would sneeze

D. in

D. to sneeze

A. wouldn’t sneeze

5. If the air wasn’t dirty, I ________________ so much.

A. into

6. At this time tomorrow, we ______________ a video conference with New York branch. B. will be having

C. are having

D. have

A. will have

7. If he phones tomorrow, I ______________ him to come to the party. B. will be telling

A. will tell

C. tell

D. am telling

B. inventor

C. writer

A. developer

8. Alexander Graham Bell was the _____ of the telephone. D. user

9. The Maori in New Zealand greet each other by ________________ their noses.

KÈ

A. punching

B. touching

C. blowing

D. having

10. Australia is composed of seven ________________ B. countries

C. cities

D. states

ẠY

A. nations

II. Supply the correct tense or form of the verb in parentheses:

1. London ______________ (have) a population of eight million people. 2. Vietnam’s Independence Day ________________ (celebrate) on September 02nd. 3. We ______________ (visit) Sydney Opera House for several times.

4. If I were you, I (look) ________________ for a new place to live. 131

5. She may be late if she (not hurry) ________________. PART C: READING

environment

especially

FF IC IA L

I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks:

pollution

emission

upgrading

If you wander on the streets of Ha Noi, the capital of Viet Nam, you may be

surprised that most people are wearing masks, hiding their faces. This is because of

serious air (1) __________ in this city. Between March 1 and 4, 2016, the air quality

index of Ha Noi, as measured by the US Embassy in Ha Noi was over 350. At this level, air pollution can cause lots of respiratory diseases, (2) __________ to children and the

elderly. The major cause of air pollution in Ha Noi is traffic. Due to the increasing

number of motorcycles and cars in the last decade, the (3) _________ of chemical

exhausts has been on a constant rise. Another reason is urban construction, including

road (4) ____________ projects and residential buildings. People have to live with the dust and dirt throughout the city. Environmental experts have warned that if the city

• Answer:

consequence will be tragic.

continues to develop its economy with little regard to the (5)__________, the

1__________2__________3__________4__________5__________

KÈ

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage: Environmental pollution is a term that refers to all the ways by which man pollutes his

ẠY

surroundings. Man dirties the air with (1)______ gases and smoke, poisons the water with chemicals and other substances, and damages the soil with too many fertilizers and pesticides.

Man also pollutes his surroundings (2)_____ various other ways. For example, people ruin natural beauty by (3)_____ junk and litter on the land and in the water. Environmental pollution is one of the most serious problems facing mankind today. Air, water and soil are necessary to the (4)_____ of all living things. Badly polluted air can cause 132

illness, and even death. Polluted water kills fish and other (5)_____ life. Pollution of soil reduces the amount of land that is available for growing food. Environmental pollution also brings ugliness to man’s natural beautiful world. B. natural

C. exhaust

D. influent

2. A. on

B. in

C. by

D. with

3. A. spoiling

B. leaving

C. scattering

4. A. survival

B. environment

C. development

D. growth

5. A. animal

B. marine

C. human

D. plant

III. Read the following passage and do the tasks below:

FF IC IA L

1. A. thick

D. gathering

America is known as the land of opportunity. Thousands of people immigrate to the

United States every year from different parts of the world to have access to these kinds of

opportunities. This is what is known as, "the American dream". America is also home to many of the world's top colleges and universities. The California

Institute of Technology is a top world-ranked college that focuses highly on science and

engineering. It is located in the city of Pasadena. Harvard University is another top world-

ranked college that you might be familiar with. The buildings at Harvard date all the way back

to the year 1636, making Harvard the oldest university in the United States. It is located in the

state of Massachusetts. University of California, Los Angeles is another institute worthy of

recognition. Located next to Hollywood, UCLA has distinguished itself as a prestigious and selective university due to the number of people who apply for admission throughout the

KÈ

United States. The universities mentioned are but a few of the many other excellent schools that make the United States so outstanding.

ẠY

A. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 1. America is called the land of __________.

A. dream

B. opportunity

C. immigration

2. The word immigrate in line 1 can be replaced by__________. A. come into

B. go out of

C. travel 133

B. Answer the questions: 1. Where is the California Institute of Technology? ……………………………………………………………………………………………….

FF IC IA L

2. When was Harvard University founded? …………………..………………………………………………………………………….. 3. Does University of California, Los Angeles have a high number of applications?

……………………………………………………………………………………………... PART D: WRITING

I. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before: 1. How long is the presentation?

→ How long does …………..……….……………………………………………………..

2. Do you want to see a movie tonight?

→ Would you like………………………………………………………………………….

3. The water is polluted, so the fish are dead.

→ Because…………. ……………………………………………………………………

4. They will cover the road with a red carpet tomorrow.

→ The road ……………….……..……………………………………………………..…….. 5. Recycle more and we will help the Earth.

→ If we………………………….…………………………………………………….……..

KÈ

II. Make sentences using the words and phrases given: 1. Noise pollution/ big cities/ lead/ hearing/ problems.

ẠY

___________________________________________________________________________ 2. Lots/ aquatic animals/ die/ because/ oil spills.

___________________________________________________________________________ 3. If/ you/ president/ country/ what/ you/ do/ protect/ environment? ___________________________________________________________________________ 4. One way/ save/ environment/ is/ use/ renewable/ energy/ sources. 134

___________________________________________________________________________ 5. This boy/ suffer/ birth/ defects/ because/ parents/ expose/radioactive/ pollution. ___________________________________________________________________________ III. Now write an email (800-100 words) to your pen friend telling him about an activity

FF IC IA L

that you have done to protect the environment. You should use the following questions as cues: - What have you done? - When did you start it? - How does it help protect the environment?

- How do you feel?

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

ẠY

KÈ

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

ĐÁP ÁN MÔN: TIẾNG ANH - LỚP 8 PART A. LISTENING

135

1. Listen to Son and Peter talking about the most important inventions of the 21th century. Fill each of the gaps with no more than THREE words and/or a number. You will listen TWICE. 1. 2000

2. 2005

3. connects

4. video-sharing website

5. move around

FF IC IA L

2. Listen to a talk between Tom and Nick about cloning technology. Decide if the statements are true (T) or false (F). Circle T or F. You will listen TWICE. 1. T

2. F

3. T

4. T

5. T

PART B. LANGUAGE FOCUS

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

6. B

7. A

8. B

4. A

5. A

3. D

2. A

9. B

10. D

1. D

II. Put the correct form of the verbs. 2. is celebrated

4. would look

5. doesn’t hurry

3. have visited

PART C. READING

2. has

I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks: 2. especially

1. pollution

3. emission

4. upgrading

5. environment

KÈ

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage. 1. C

2. B

3. C

4. A

5. B

ẠY

III. Read the passage and do the tasks bellow. A. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 2. A

1. B

B. Answer the questions: 1. (The California Institute of Technology/It is located) in the city of Pasadena. 2. (Harvard University / It was founded) in 1636. 136

3. Yes./Yes, it does. PART D. WRITING I. Rewrite the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one.

2. Would you like to see a movie tonight? 3. Because the water is polluted, the fish are dead. 4. The road will be covered with a red carpet tomorrow. 5. If we recycle more, we will help the Earth.

II. Make up sentences, using the words and phrases given.

FF IC IA L

1. How long does the presentation last?

1. Noise pollution in big cities leads (has led) to hearing problems.

2. Lots of aquatic animals die (have died) because of oil spills.

3. If you were the president of the country, what would you do to protect the environment?

4. One way to save the environment is using (to use) renewable energy sources.

exposed to radioactive pollution.

5. This boy suffers (is suffering/ has suffered) from birth defects because his parents were

III. Now write an email (800-100 words) to your pen friend telling him about an activity

that you have done to protect the environment: ( STUDENTS' WRITING)

KÈ

************ THE END ************ ĐỀ 18 PART A : LISTENING

ẠY

1. Listen to a school teacher talking about cyber-bullying. Fill each of the gaps with no

more than TWO words. You will listen TWICE. The Internet is said to be one of the most amazing (1)____________ that humans have

FF IC IA L

2. Listen to Annie talking about the Internet. Decide if the statements are true (T) or

false (F). Circle T or F. You will listen TWICE.

2. Annie does her homework on the Internet.

T F T F

3. Annie loves emails.

T F

1. Annie thinks the Internet is the greatest invention.

T F

5. Annie puts a lot of her personal information on Facebook.

T F

4. Annie spends little time on the Internet.

PART B: LANGUAGE FOCUS

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: 1.Typhoons are serve tropical storms. They sometimes happen in my ………….. B. home

KÈ

A. stay

C. house

D. hometown

2.The government sent rescure food, drink and medicial supplies to ………… homeless.

ẠY

A. food

B. fooding

C. flooded

D. floods

3. Choose the word that has a different stress pattern from the others.

A. reputation

B. description

C. suggestion

D. pollution

4. The teacher ……… me that I had better devote more time to science subjects such as physics, chemistry, and biology. A. said

B. talked

C. spoke 138

D. told

5. When the earthquake happened, almost people in this building managed to run ……. . of it. A. quickly

B. fast

C. smoonthly

D. out

6. What……………. we do to prevent these natural disasters? A. may

B. ought

C. should

D. be able

A. did he get

B. did he got

FF IC IA L

7. The little boy told the teacher what …………..for Christmas. C. he got

D. he get

8. Too much carbon dioxide in the air can be …………. for humans to breathe. A. poisonous

B. unfriendly

C. healthy

D. friendly

9. Human beings could live on other planets if they have the same…….. as that on Earth . B. climate

C. weather

D. season

A. atmosphere

10. People from other planets may use …….… to communicate, which is not possible for

B. letters

C. chat rooms

D. telepathy

A. landlines

human beings.

II. Supply the corect tense or form of the verb in parentheses: 1. Did you enjoy (watch)………….. the film?

2. He has decided (go)……………. to work in a school in aquite remote area.

3. Chess (play)……………. for around two thousand years.

KÈ

4. By the time we arrived at the canyon, it (stop )………………. snowing 5. If I (be )………………..you, I would study hard. PART C : READING

I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks: landmark

people

around

erected

Paris

ẠY

The Eiffel Tower is in (1) ......................... , France. It is visited by millions of (2)

......................... every year. It was designed by Alexander Eiffel [1832-1923]. It was (3)

......................... in1889 for the Paris exposition. From that time, it has been the most famous (4) .......................... of Paris. Today it is recognized by people (5) .........................the world.

1__________2__________3__________4__________5__________ 139

II. Choose the correct word A, B,C or D for each gap to complete the following passage : Children love playing computer games. Some people say that many of them are addicted to games. If you become addicted, all you think about is computer games and you can't spend a day without (1)_________. Of course, playing games (2) _________ the computer is a great way to

FF IC IA L

spend time and have fun. But there are also bad sides to it as well. First of all, you don't get enough exercise because you don't have to move your body much when playing games. Second, your eyesight becomes (3) _________ because your eyes are fixed on the screen for too long. This is why it isn't hard to find children wearing glasses around these days. Third, you don't get to spend much time with your family because you are spending all of your time in front of the computer.

Playing computer games is not such a bad thing. But (4) _________ much playing can cause

problems. (5) _________ hours do you spend in front of the computer? Why not take this

opportunity to cut down on computer games? B. to play

C. playing

D. plays

2. A. in

B. on

C. at

D. of

3. A. good

B. well

C. bad

D. badly

4. A. too

B. little

C. few

D. some

5. A. How often

B. How much

C. How long

D. How many

1. A. play

III. Read the following passage and do the tasks below :

Computerization in high schools in the US has had a good effect on students’ learning. Students today learn quite differently from in the past. Firstly, computers can help teachers

KÈ

explain the lessons interestingly in the classroom, which allows students to get a clearer idea about what is being taught. Secondly, CD-ROM and the Internet can provide students with a lot

ẠY

of data resources that can be got by simple keystrokes or mouse-clicks. This increases the speed at which students learn by minimizing the time spent on searching for information. To sum up,

computerization has enabled high school students to learn in faster, easier and more efficient ways. 1. According to the writer, computers____________. 140

A. can not be used as teaching aids.

B. are not necessary

C. are helpful to both teachers and students

D. are not available in high schools

2. Computers helps teachers____________

B. explain the lessons differently C. have more time to prepare their lessons D. give interesting lessons 3. Thanks to the Internet, students can_________________.

FF IC IA L

A. get a clearer idea about what they are teaching

B. get information quickly

C. have more time to play

D. learn differently

A. study at home

4. According to the passage, computerization____________ .

A. helps students learn faster, more easily and efficiently

C. allows students to have clear ideas

B. makes students spend more time searching for information

D. should be applied widely

5. Which of the following is not mentioned in the passage?

A. High schools in the US have computerized.

B. Students can get a lot of data from CD-ROM and the Internet.

C. With a computer, teachers can speed up their teaching process.

KÈ

D. Computerization can shorten the learning process.

PART D : WRITING

ẠY

I. Rearrange the sentences using the following words: 1. is/ country fair/ entertainment/ at/ pig-racing/ for/ a/ often/ held/./

………………………………………………………………………………………………… 2.New York/ the/ but/ capital/ is/ city/ the USA/ the/ in/ not/ biggest/./ ………………………………………………………………………………………………… 141

3.English/ an/ language/ Malaysia/ India/ many/ is/ official/ other countries/ in/ and/./ ………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 4.whereas/ capital/ of/ the/ London/ of/ Edinburgh/ capital/ England/ the/ is/ is/ Scotland/./ …………………………………………………………………………………………………

FF IC IA L

5.English speakers/ increasing/ the/ fast/ of/ number/ world/ is/ the/ in/./

………………………………………………………………………………………………… II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before : 1. My brother cooks better than my sister.

2. Before I went to school, I had had breakfast at home.

- My sister doesn't ……………………………………………………………………………..

- After I…………………………………………………………………………………………..

3. Olive said, “ Chau, I’m going to Viet Nam tomorrow.”

- Oliver said to Chau that………………………………………………………………………..

4. Although the storm was terrible, no one was injured.

- Despite…………………………………………………………………………………………

5.Today isn’t Sunday, so I have to go to school.

- If today………………………………………………………………………………………..

III. Make sentences using the words and phrases given :

1.Our car/ service/ a mechanic/ tomorrow morning/. …………………………………………………………………………………………………

KÈ

2.At the surgery yesterday, I/ examine/ Dr. Peterson/ and I/ give/ prescription/. …………………………………………………………………………………………………

ẠY

3.It looked like the window/ break/ a hammer/ some time before/. …………………………………………………………………………………………………

4.I went to see it because I/ tell/ it was a good film/ all my friends/. ………………………………………………………………………………………………… 5.Your cheque/ send/ last Friday and/ should/ deliver/ to you tomorrow/. ………………………………………………………………………………………………… 142

FF IC IA L O N Ơ H N Y U Q M KÈ ẠY D

ĐÁP ÁN MÔN : TIẾNG ANH - LỚP 8 - HK II

PART A. LISTENING

1. Listen to a school teacher talking about cyber-bullying. Fill each of the gaps with no more than TWO words. You will listen TWICE. 143

1. inventions 2. newspaper 3. publish 4. spreads

FF IC IA L

5. joined hands

2. Listen to Annie talking about the Internet. Decide if the statements are true (T) or false (F). Circle T or F. You will listen TWICE. 2. F

3. T

4. F

5. F

1. T

PART B. LANGUAGE FOCUS

3. A

6. C.

7. C.

8. A.

4. D

5. D

9. B

10. D

2. C

1. D

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

II. Put the correct form of the verbs.

3. has been played

4. had stopped

5. was/were

PART C. READING

1.watching 2. to go

I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks: 2. people

1. Paris

3. erected

4. landmark

5. around

1.C

KÈ

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage. 2.B

3.C

4. A

5.D

ẠY

III. Read the passage and do the tasks bellow. 2. D

3. D

4. A

5. C

PART D. WRITING

1. C

I. Rewrite the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one. 1. Pig-racing is often held at a country fair for entertainment. 2. New York is the biggest city in the USA, but not the capital. 144

3. English is an official language in Malaysia, India, and many other countries. 4. London is the capital of England, whereas Edinburgh is the capital of Scotland. 5. The number of English speakers in the world is increasing fast.

1. My sister doesn't cook as well as my brother. 2. After I had had breakfast at home, I went to school.

FF IC IA L

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before :

3. Oliver said to Chau that she was going to Viet Nam the next day/ Oliver said to Chau that she was going to Viet Nam the following day. 4. Despite the terrible storm, no one was injured.

5. If today was/ were Sunday, I wouldn’t have to go to school.

III. Make up sentences, using the words and phrases given.

1. Our car is going to be serviced by a mechanic tomorrow morning.

2. At the surgery yesterday, I was examined by Dr. Peterson, and I was given a prescription.

3. It looked like the window had been broken with a hammer some times before. 4. I went to see it because I had been told it was a good film by all my friends.

5. Your cheque was sent last Friday and should be delivered to you tomorrow.

ĐỀ 19 PART A : LISTENING

KÈ

************ THE END ************

1. Listen to the announcement. Fill each of the gaps with the ONE word and/or a

ẠY

number. You will listen TWICE. Organization

Phone number

Commercial activities

local council

1. ________

Transportation activities

2. ________ control

131454

Public events

national entertainment

3. ________

Source of noise

145

Military vessels

navy department

4. ________

Residential areas

5. ________ police

133666

2. Listen to a conversation about the Go Green Club. Answer the questions or complete

FF IC IA L

the answers with no more than TWO WORDS and/or a number. You will listen TWICE. 1. How many members did Go Green have when it was founded? - ________________________________ 2. What is the purpose of Go Green? - To raise people’s awareness about _________________.

3. What is Go Green’s regular activity? 4. What is Go Green’s activity every three months?

- Organize a _________________.

- _________________ at Hoan Kiem Lake.

5. What is an Ecobag?

- It is made from _________________ materials.

PART B. LANGUAGE FOCUS

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

A. pollute

1. Air ________ , together with littering, is causing many problems in our cities today. B. pollution

C. polluting

D. polluted

KÈ

2. If I were you, I _________ do something to prevent him from littering. A. would

B. did

C. will

D. do

ẠY

3. The Maori in New Zealand greet each other by ____________ their noses. A. touching

B. punching

C. blowing

D. rubbing

3. Many people believe that robots have made workers jobless __________ that is not necessarily true. A. so

B. and

C. but

146

D. or

4. People from other planets may use ______ to communicate, which is not possible for human beings. A. landlines

B. letters

C. chat rooms

D. telepathy

5. Teenagers often use abbreviations when ___________. B. video conferencing

C. sending letters D. talking

FF IC IA L

A. texting

6. People who cannot hear or speak often communicate using ___________. A. pictures

B. sounds

C. codes

D. signs

7. The ___________ in technology allow astronomers to know more about outer space. A. developments

B. science

C. exploration

D. discovery

B. conservationist

C. scientist

D. explorer

A. developer

8. Alexander Graham Bell was a great ___________, who invented the telephone.

A. in

9. We can see many international programs ________ different channels. B. on

C. at

D. of

II. Supply the corect tense or form of the verb in parentheses.

1. Did you enjoy (watch)…................................... the film?

2. If I (be)…......................................... you, I would plant vegetables in the garden.

3. He said that before the invention of the airplane people (travel)............................... by train and ca

4. We believe scientists (find)............................... cures to HIV soon.

5. People (know)….................................... all about the Moon for thousands of years. PART C. READING

KÈ

I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks. attraction

became

built

wonders

ẠY

Angkor Wat is one of the seven (1) ______ of the world. It is one of the most famous

temples in the world. The temple was (2) ______ around the year 1100 to honor a Hindu God,

but over the next three centuries it (3) _____ a Buddhist religious center. The area surrounding the temple, Ankor Thom, used to be the royal capital city. In the early 15 th century, the Khmer rulers moved (4) ___ Phnom Penh and Angkor was quiet. It now is a famous tourist (5) _____. 1____________, 2____________, 3____________, 4____________, 5____________ 147

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage. Computerization in high schools in the US has had a good effect (1)…………………… students’ learning. Students today learn quite (2)…………………..from in the past. Firstly, computers can help teachers explain the lessons interestingly in the

FF IC IA L

classroom, which allows students (3)…………………..a clearer idea about what is being taught. Secondly, CD-ROM and the Internet can provide students with a lot of data resources that can be got by simple keystrokes or mouse-clicks. This (4)……………………. the speed at which students learn by minimizing the time spent on searching for information. To sum up, (5)………………………….. efficient ways.

computerization has enabled high school students to learn in faster, easier and

B. to

C. on

2. A. differently

B. different

C. differ

3. A. getting

B. gets

4. A. decreases

B. increases

5. A. less

B. much

1. A. in

D. difference

C. to get

D. get

C. gets

D. rises

C. a lot

D. more

D. with

III. Read the following passage and do the tasks below.

London, the capital of Great Britain, is situated on the Thames River. It is the largest city

in Europe with a population of over 8 million. It is divided into four parts: the City,

Westminster, the West End and the East End. The City is small in area but it is the commercial heart of London. Many banks and offices are situated there. The Tower and St. Paul’s

KÈ

Cathedral is very large and fine. It was built in 1710. Westminster is the center of the administration. We can see the Houses of Parliament there. It is a beautiful building with two

ẠY

towers and a very big clock called Big Ben. Westminster Abbey is opposite the Houses of Parliament. The West End with the best and most expensive clubs, restaurants and theaters,

beautiful houses and parks is the place where rich people live. Working people live in the East End where there are no parks or gardens and no fine houses. A. Write T (True) or F (False) on each sentence. 1. …………… London is the largest city in the world. 148

2. …………… Rich people live in the West End. B. Answer the questions. 1. How many parts is London divided into? …………………………………………………………..………………………………………

FF IC IA L

… 2. Is Westminster the center of the administration?

…………………………………………………………..……………………………………… … 3. Which place do working people live in?

………………………………………………………………………….………………………

……

PART D. WRITING

I. Rearrange the sentences using the following words.

1. happily/ If/ people/ more/ there/ war/ live/ would/ no/ were/ ./

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

…

2. English speakers/ increasing/ The/ fast/ of/ number/ world/ is/ the / in/ ./

………………………………………………………………………….……………………… ……3. will/ 20 years’ time/ All/ done/ housework/ by/ our/ robots/ be/ in/ ./

.....

KÈ

........................................................................................................................................................

ẠY

4. communicated/ asked/ people/ on/ how/ Edward/ friend/ his/ Venus/ ./ ………………………………………………………………………….………………………

……

5. will/ tomorrow/ Which/ at 9 p.m/ you/ TV programme/ watching/ be / ?/ ........................................................................................................................................................ ..... 149

II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before. 1. “We don’t open the laboratory today,” Mr.Minh said. → Mr. Minh said …………………………………………………………………………………

FF IC IA L

2. They will widen the gate to let the cars run into the yard easily. → The

gate……………………………………………………………………..…………………… 3. The doctor advised me to have a rest. → The doctor

4. Although it rained heavily, we went to school on time.

suggested……………………………………………….………………………….

→ Despite

……………………………………………………………...…………………………

5. The last time Phong visited Tasmania was five years ago.

→ Phong hasn’t…………………………………………………………………………………

III. Make sentences using the words and phrases given.

1. If/ you/ president/ country/ what/ you/ do/ protect/ environment?

........................................................................................................................................................

.....

2. Albert Einstein’s theories/ make/ great contribution/ development/ modern science.

.....

KÈ

........................................................................................................................................................

ẠY

3. Duong/ say/ he/ like/ study/ home/ the Internet. ........................................................................................................................................................

.....

4. Dr. Nelson/ say/ flying cars/ solve/ problem/ traffic jams. ........................................................................................................................................................ ..... 150

5. When/ she/ come/ home/ later today,/ he/ be/ cooking/ dinner. ........................................................................................................................................................

FF IC IA L

.....

____________ THE END_______________

ĐÁP ÁN MÔN : TIẾNG ANH HỌC KỲ II- LỚP 8 PART A : LISTENING

1. Listen to the announcement. Fill each of the gaps with the ONE word and/or a

number. You will listen TWICE.

Key:

1. 130243

2. traffic

3. 123955

4. 132749

5. assistance

2. Listen to a conversation about the Go Green Club. Answer the questions or complete

Key:

KÈ

the answers with no more than TWO WORDS and/or a number. You will listen TWICE.

1. ten/10

ẠY

2. environmental issues 3. Collecting rubbish

4. public campaign 5. environmentally friendly

PART B. LANGUAGE FOCUS 151

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 1

II. Supply the corect tense or form of the verb in parentheses. 2. were

3. had travelled/ had traveled

4. will find

5. have

FF IC IA L

1. watching known

PART C. READING

I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks. 1. wonders 2. built

3. became

4. to

5. attraction

2.A

3.C

4.B

5.D

1.C

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage.

III. Read the following passage and do the tasks below :

2- T

1- F

A. Write T (True) or F (False) on each sentence.

B. Answer the questions.

1. ( London/It is divided into) four parts.

2. Yes./ Yes, it is.

PART D. WRITING

3. (Working people/ They live) in the East End.

KÈ

I. Rearrange the sentences using the following words. 1. If there were no war, people would live more happily . 2. The number of English speakers in the world is increasing fast.

ẠY

3. All our housework will be done by robots in 20 years’time. 4. Edward asked his friend how people on Venus communicated.

5. Which TV programme will you be watching at 9 p.m tomorrow? II. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before. 1→ Mr. Minh said that they didn’t open the laboratory that day. 2→ The gate will be widened to let the car run into the yard easily. 152

3→ The doctor suggested that I should have a rest. → The doctor suggested having a rest. 4→ Despite the heavy rain, we went to school on time.

III. Make sentences using the words and phrases given.

FF IC IA L

5→ Phong hasn’t visited Tasmania for five years.

1. If you were the president of the country, what would you do to protect the environment? 2. Albert Einstein’s theories have made a great contribution to the development of modern science.

3. Duong said (that) he liked to study at home on the Internet.

4. Dr. Nelson said (that) flying cars would solve the problem of traffic jams.

5. When she comes home later today, he will be cooking the dinner.

ĐỀ 20 PART A: LISTENING

____________ THE END_______________

KÈ

1. Listen to the conversation between Trang and Mike. Decide if the statements are true

ẠY

(T) or false (F). Circle T or F. You will listen TWICE.

2. Like Tam, Cinderella dropped a shoe.

3. Like Tam, Cinderella was killed and reborn many times.

4. The last time Tam was reborn, she was a bird.

5. Tam Cam reflects Vietnamese people's belief that there is life after death.

1. Mike thinks Tam Cam is similar to Cinderella.

153

2. Listen to the story of Hans Christian Andersen's life and complete the notes. Fill each of the gaps with no more than THREE words and/or a number. You will listen TWICE. A SHORT BIOGRAPHY OF HANS CHRISTIAN ANDERSEN - 1805: Born in Odense, (1) ______________

FF IC IA L

- 1819: Travelled to Copenhagen and worked as (2) ______________ - (3) ______: Started writing fairy tales

- 1845: (4) ______________ of his stories became known to foreign audiences - 1875: Died because of (5) ______________

PART B: LANGUAGE FOCUS

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C, or D to complete the sentences:

B. symbolises

C. decides

B. attracts

1. The Statue of Liberty is a major monument in New York which……..... freedom. D. understands

2. The government of New Zealand has done a lot to………. the culture of the Maori. B. surround

C. puzzle

A. preserve

D. pronounce

B. sunlight

A. rain

3. An example of a natural disaster is a………

C. thunder

D. tornado

B. homeless

B. helpless

4. Hundreds of people were made ……… after the flood. C. careless

D. careful

5. “No one was killed in the fire”_ “………” A. That’s a relief B. Oh dear

C. That’s shocking D. How terrible

KÈ

6. My younger brother has never been abroad……... he joined the army. A. since

B. until

C. during

D. while

ẠY

7. I’d be over the moon if I …….… a chance to visit the USA. A. have

B. will have

C. had

D. am having

8. He will go out tonight, ………. he? A. won’t

B. does

C. isn’t

D. will

9. It’s possible the…............. will be sunny tomorrow. A. rainbow

B. climate

C. weather 154

D. earth

10. What are you looking………..? – My pen. I’ve lost it. A. for

B.at

C. of

D. about

II. Supply the correct tense or form of the verbs in parentheses: 1. If you drink more water, you (not/ have) …..……………. any more health problems.

FF IC IA L

2. Most of the pollution (come)…………………………. from human activities.

3. The kangaroo (become)…………………….... a symbol of Australia since 1773.

4. All the people (have)…………….……. dinner when the typhoon came yesterday.

5. Mr. John (deliver)………….… a speech at 9 a.m next Friday at the National University. PART C: READING

island

several

people

famous

national

I. Read the following passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks:

Australia is the 6th biggest country in the world. It’s also the world largest (1)…………. Even though the country is so big, it only has about 23 million (2)…….. Nearly 90% of

Australians live in big cities or towns. Australia is (3)……. for its wildlife. The most famous

animal is probably the kangaroo. This animal is considered Australia’s (4)……… symbol. There

are (5)…….. spices of kangaroos. The red ones are the biggest ones and they are found in the

middle of the country.

1…………………..2…………….…….3…………………..4…………………5………………..

II. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage: Hypatia, the first woman scientist, was born in Egypt in 370 A.D. She was (1)…..

KÈ

only woman scientist to have place in the history books for centuries. Her father (2)..... sure that his daughter had the best education. After studying (3)…. Athens and Rome, she returned to

ẠY

Alexandria (4)….. she began teaching Maths. She was (5)…. interested in technology and science.

B. an

C. the

D. one

2. A. made

B. make

C. makes

D. is making

3. A. on

B. in

C. of

D. to

4. A. what

B. when

C. where 155

D. how

1. A. a

5. A. and

B. but

C. or

D. also

III. Read the following passage to do the tasks below: English is the most popular language in the world. As well as countries that are home to English native speakers, many others are making a frequent use of this international language.

FF IC IA L

Singapore is one of them. Singapore emerged as a new country in 1965. It was then decided by the Prime Minister Lee Kuan Yew that English would become Singapore’s official language. The first reason was that Lee Kuan Yew believed that speaking the same language would be the foundation for a united nation. The second one was that, without English, Singapore could hardly attract foreign investors or business clients. Therefore, removing the language barrier

would greatly help Singapore rise fast.

A. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D

this passage? B. 2

C. 3

A. 1

D. 4

2. Who is Lee Kuan Yew? B. a language

C. a Prime Minister

A. a city

1. How many reasons for using English as an official language in Singapore are mentioned in

D. a nation

B. Answer the following questions:

3. How popular is English?

…………………………………………………………………………………………… 4. When did Singapore become a new country?

KÈ

…………………………………………………………………………………………… 5. How could English help Singapore, according to Lee Kuan Yew?

ẠY

………………………………………………………………………………………..… PART D: WRITING

I. Complete the second sentences so that it means the same as the sentence before: 1. The land is polluted. The farmers are unable to grow crops. If………………………………………………………………………….………….… 2. The last time Jim visited London was two years ago. 156

Jim has not…………………………………………………………………….…….. 3. Tornadoes can move objects easily. Objects………………………………………………………………………………..….. 4. It’s a pity I don’t have her number.

FF IC IA L

I wish……………………………………………………………………….……….. 5. “I am having a workshop on the Environment now”, Susan said.

Susan said that……………………………………………………………….………….. II. Make sentences using the words and phrases: 6. How about/ give/ presentation/ water/ air/ pollution/? /

………………………………………………………………………………………

7. His summer camp/ close/ July 16th/ last year. /

……………………………………………………………………………………… 8. You/ finish/ your homework/ yet/? /

……………………………………………………………………………………….

9. The foreigner/ said/ he/ not / know/ way/ My Dinh stadium. /

………………………………………………………………………………………

10. Mars/ be / called/ the Red Planet/ because/ its reddish surface. /

………………………………………………………………………………………

III. Write a paragraph (60- 80 words) on the following topic: “Science and Technology has brought a lot of benefits to people. Do you agree or disagree

ẠY

KÈ

with this opinion?” Explain why? You can use some suggestions below.

If agree

If disagree

- get information fast

- make people lazy

- make life easier

- expensive

- save physical power

- difficult to use

157

THE END ĐÁP ÁN MÔN TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8- HỌC KỲ 2 PART A: LISTENING 1. Listen to the conversation between Trang and Mike. Decide if the statements are true

FF IC IA L

(T) or false (F). Circle T or F. You will listen TWICE. 1. T 2. T 3. F 4. F 5. T

2. Listen to the story of Hans Christian Andersen's life and complete the notes. Fill each of the gaps with no more than THREE words and/or a number. You will listen TWICE. 1. Denmark 2. (an) actor 3. 1835 4. English translations 5. (liver) cancer

PART B: LANGUAGE FOCUS

1. B

2. A

3. D

4. B

5.A

6. A

7. C

8. A

9. C

I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences:

10.D

4. were having

2. comes

1. will not have/ won’t have

II. Supply the correct form of the verbs in parentheses:

3. has become

5. will be delivering

PART C: READING

2. people

3. famous

1. island

I. Read the passage and put a word in the box in each of the numbered blanks: 4. national

5. several

1. C

KÈ

II. Choose the correct words A, B, C, or D for each gap to complete the following passage: 2. A

3. B

4. C

III. Read the following passage to do the tasks below:

ẠY

A. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D: 1. B

2. C

B. Answer the questions: 1. English/ It is the most popular language in the world. 2. (Singapore/ It became a new country) in 1965. 3. It could help Singapore rise fast. 158

5. D

PART D: WRITING I. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the sentence before: 1…… the land is polluted, the farmers will be unable to grow crops. 3…….can be moved easily by tornadoes. 4…… I had her number. 5…… she was having a workshop on the Environment then. II. Make sentences using the words and phrases:

FF IC IA L

2…….visited London for two years.

1. How about giving a presentation on water and air pollution?

2. His summer camp closed on July 16th last year.

3. Have you finished your homework yet?

4. The foreigner said that he did not know the way to My Dinh stadium. 5. Mars is called the Red Planet because of its reddish surface.

III. Write a paragraph on the topic: Science and Technology has brought a lot of benefits to

people. Do you agree or disagree with this opinion?

The end

ẠY

KÈ

(Students’ answer)

159